Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010

 

OR

 

o         TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to            

 

Commission File No. 001-31298

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

State of Delaware

 

23-0787699

State of Incorporation

 

I.R.S. Employer I.D. No.

 

9000 State Road

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19136

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 333-9000

(Address of principal executive offices and telephone number)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  None

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act   Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12B-12 of the Exchange Act). Yes o  No x

 

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of December 31, 2009 was $60,310,315 based on the closing price of the stock on the NYSE - AMEX.

 

As of September 17, 2010, there were 25,238,882 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, outstanding.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

4

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

19

 

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

26

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

26

PART II

 

 

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

27

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

29

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

29

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

42

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

42

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

42

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

43

PART III

 

 

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

44

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

48

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

61

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

64

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

65

PART IV

 

 

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES,

65

SIGNATURES

66

 

2



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements in “Item 1A — Risk Factors”, “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in other statements located elsewhere in this Annual Report.  Any statements made in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact or that refer to estimated or anticipated future events are forward-looking statements.  We have based our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to them at this time.  Such forward-looking statements reflect our current perspective of our business, future performance, existing trends and information as of the date of this filing.  These include, but are not limited to, our beliefs about future revenue and expense levels and growth rates, prospects related to our strategic initiatives and business strategies, express or implied assumptions about government regulatory action or inaction, anticipated product approvals and launches, business initiatives and product development activities, assessments related to clinical trial results, product performance and competitive environment, and anticipated financial performance.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “estimate,” “continue,” or “pursue,” or the negative other variations thereof or comparable terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  The statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict.  We caution the reader that certain important factors may affect our actual operating results and could cause such results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.  We believe the risks and uncertainties discussed under the “Item 1A - Risk Factors” and other risks and uncertainties detailed herein and from time to time in our SEC filings, may affect our actual results.

 

We disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  We also may make additional disclosures in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and in other filings that we may make from time to time with the SEC.  Other factors besides those listed here could also adversely affect us.  This discussion is provided as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                             DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Business Overview

 

Lannett Company, Inc. (the “Company,” “Lannett,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated in 1942 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and reincorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation.  We develop, manufacture, market and distribute generic versions of branded pharmaceutical products.  We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.  All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ending June 30.

 

According to data reported by IMS Health in August 2010, we are currently among the top 20 companies, based on number of prescription transactions, for unbranded generic products in the United States.  We intend to grow our business organically as well as through strategic partnerships.  Additionally, our Levothyroxine Sodium tablets (“Levo”) were recognized by IMS Health as the 18th most prescribed pharmaceutical product, including both branded and generic products, in the U.S. over the past year, reaching approximately 23 million prescriptions through June 2010.  This product line represents approximately 0.6% of the domestic prescription market.  Over the last year, we have experienced a 6% growth in prescriptions for our products. In addition, Levo has experienced a 11% annual growth during that period.

 

Over the past five years, we have experienced a 95% growth in our revenues from approximately $64 million in fiscal year 2006 to over $125 million in fiscal year 2010.  This rapid growth has been achieved primarily through strategic partnerships and opportunities resulting from certain difficulties that a number of our competitors have experienced with regulatory compliance issues.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Proven Ability to Develop Successful Products and Achieve Scale in Production. We believe that our ability to select viable products for development, efficiently develop such products, including obtaining any applicable regulatory approvals, vertically integrate ourselves into certain specialty markets and achieve economies in production are all critical for our success in the generic pharmaceutical industry in which we operate.  We intend to focus on long-term profitability while seeking to secure market positions with fewer challenges from competitors.  Two key examples are morphine sulfate oral solution and hydomorphone tablets.

 

Efficient Development Systems and Manufacturing Expertise for New Products. We believe that our manufacturing expertise, low overhead expenses and efficient product development, manufacturing and marketing capabilities can help us remain competitive in the general pharmaceutical market. We intend to dedicate significant capital toward developing new products because we believe our success is linked to our ability to continually introduce new generic products into the marketplace.  Over time, if the market for a specific product remains stable and consumer demand remains consistent, additional generic manufacturing companies will seek to enter and participate in the market by developing the product and seeking regulatory approval for its sale.  Competition from new and other market participants for the manufacture and distribution of certain products would likely harm our market share with respect to such products as well as force us to reduce our selling price for such products due to their increased availability.  As a result, we believe that our success depends on our ability to properly assess the competitive effect of new products, including market share, the number of competitors and the generic unit price erosion.  We intend to reduce our exposure to competitive influences that may negatively affect our sales and profits, including the potential saturation of the market for certain products, by continuing to emphasize maintenance of a strong research and development (“R&D”) pipeline.  We believe that it is in our best interest to avoid becoming materially dependent on the sale of a single product.

 

Mutually Beneficial Supply and Distribution Arrangements. In 2004, we entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals (“JSP”) covering four different product lines.  Two of these product lines, Levo and Digoxin, collectively accounted for approximately 58% of our net sales in fiscal year 2010 and both products have experienced significant growth in sales over the past few years.  Distribution agreements with other manufacturers have also increased our net sales in recent years.

 

Dependable Supplier to our Customers. We believe we are viewed within the generic pharmaceutical industry as a strong, dependable supplier to our customer base.  We have cultivated strong and dependable customer relationships by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders.  A majority of our orders are filled and shipped either on the day of, or the day following, the date that we receive the order.

 

Strong Track Record of Obtaining Regulatory Approvals for New Products. During the past two fiscal years, we have received 5 approved Abbreviated New Drug Applications (each, an “ANDA”) from the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”).  We expect

 

4



Table of Contents

 

to receive several more during the next fiscal year.  These regulatory approvals will enable us to manufacture and supply a broader portfolio of generic pharmaceutical products.

 

Reputation for Regulatory Compliance. We have a strong track record of regulatory compliance and we believe that we have strong effective regulatory compliance capabilities and practices through hiring qualified individuals and implementing strong current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”). During the last two fiscal years, at least three of our competitors have experienced plant closures and product recalls due to FDA inspections that found violations of cGMPs at their facilities.  Two of our competitive strengths, our agility in responding quickly to market events and a strong reputation for regulatory compliance, positioned us to avail ourselves of these market opportunities.

 

In addition, narcotics or “controlled drugs” are subject to a rigorous regulatory compliance regimen.  We are one of seven companies in the U.S. that have been granted a license from the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) to import raw poppy straw for conversion into active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”).  Such licenses are renewed annually, but non-compliance could result in a license not being renewed.  As a result, we believe that our strong reputation for regulatory compliance allows us to have a competitive edge in managing the production and distribution of narcotics and controlled drugs.

 

Business Strategies

 

Continue to Broaden our Product Lines Through Internal Development and Strategic Partnerships. We are focused on increasing our market share in the generic pharmaceutical industry while concentrating additional resources on the development of new products, including narcotics and controlled drugs.  We hope to continue our efforts to improve our financial performance by expanding our line of generic products, increasing unit sales to current customers and reducing overhead and administrative costs.

 

We have targeted three strategies for expanding our product offerings: (1) deploying our experienced R&D staff to develop products in-house, (2) entering into additional product development agreements or strategic partnerships with third-party product developers and formulators and (3) purchasing ANDAs from other generic manufacturers that no longer seek to manufacture a specific product. We expect that each method will facilitate our identification, selection and development of additional generic pharmaceutical products that we may distribute through our existing network of customers.

 

We have several existing supply and development agreements with both international and domestic companies, and are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with additional international companies, through which we can market and distribute future products. We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products.

 

Improve our Operating Profile in Certain Targeted Specialty Markets. In certain situations, we may increase our focus on certain specialty markets within the generic pharmaceutical industry.  By narrowing our focus to specialty markets, we can provide increased product alternatives in categories with relatively few other market participants.  We plan to strengthen our relationships with strategic partners, including providers of product development research, raw materials, API and finished products.  We believe that mutually beneficial strategic relationships in such areas, including potential financing arrangements, partnerships, joint ventures or acquisitions, could enhance our competitive advantages in the generic pharmaceutical market.

 

Leverage Ability to Vertically Integrate as a Manufacturer, Supplier and Distributor of Narcotics and Controlled Substances.  We view our April 2007 acquisition of Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs”or “Cody”) as an important step in becoming a vertically integrated narcotics manufacturer and distributor by allowing us to concentrate on developing and completing our dosage form manufacturing in order to reduce our narcotic API costs. In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import raw poppy straw for conversion into API and/or various pharmaceutical products.  Only six other companies in the U.S. have been granted this license to date.  This license allows us to avoid increased costs associated with buying narcotic API from other manufacturers.  We anticipate that we can use this license to become a vertically integrated manufacturer of narcotic products, as well as a supplier of API to the pharmaceutical industry.  We believe that the aging domestic population may result in a higher demand for pain management pharmaceutical products and that we will be well-positioned to take advantage of this increased demand.

 

Cody Labs’ manufacturing expertise in narcotic APIs will allow us to build a market with limited domestic competition.  We anticipate that the demand for narcotics and controlled drugs will continue to grow with the “Baby Boomer” generation demographics and that we are well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities by concentrating additional resources in the narcotic area.

 

Key Products

 

All of our products currently manufactured and/or sold are prescription products.  Of the products listed in the table entitled “Current Products” below, those containing Levo, Digoxin, Butalbital, Cocaine and Morphine Sulfate were our key products, collectively accounting for approximately 75%, 71% and 74% of our net sales in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In fiscal year

 

5



Table of Contents

 

2006, we began selling Sulfamethoxazole w/ Trimethoprim (“SMZ/TMP”). Because of a market opportunity, our sales of SMZ/TMP increased from 3% of our net sales in fiscal year 2006 to 19% of our net sales in fiscal year 2007, but declined to 9% of our net sales in fiscal year 2008. SMZ/TMP is not factored among our key products because the applicable supply agreement expired in August 2008 and was not renewed.   In fiscal year 2009, we began selling our prenatal vitamin, OB Natal One, which was the generic version to a brand name prenatal vitamin.  During the launch year of 2009, we sold approximately $12.6 million in net sales of the product.  During our fiscal year 2009, the brand equivalent was withdrawn from the marketplace.  Since the brand company withdrew their detailing salesforce, we have seen a significant drop in sales of our OB Natal One product.  OB Natal One is not factored among our key products because the Company expects to see continued declining sales for this product as obstetricians prescribe other available prenatal vitamins.

 

Our products containing Levo are produced and marketed with 12 varying potencies.  In addition to generic Levo tablets, we also market and distribute Unithroid tablets, a branded version of Levo, which is produced and marketed with 11 varying potencies.  Both generic Levo tablets and Unithroid tablets are manufactured by JSP.  We began buying generic Levo from JSP and selling it to our customers in April 2003.  In September 2003, we began buying the branded Unithroid tablets from JSP and selling them to our customers.  Levo tablets are used to treat hypothyroidism and other thyroid disorders.  Levo remains one of the most prescribed drugs in the U.S. and is used by over 13 million patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds.  Side effects from Levo are rare, but may include allergic reactions, such as rash or hives.  We signed a distribution agreement with JSP in March 2004 that granted us exclusive distribution rights to Levo tablets through March 2014 (the “JSP Distribution Agreement”).  In June 2004, JSP received a letter from the FDA approving its supplemental application for generic bioequivalence to Levoxyl®.  In December 2004, JSP received a letter from the FDA approving its supplemental application for generic bioequivalence to Synthroid®. Net sales of this product have grown rapidly in recent years from approximately $35 million in 2007 to almost $51 million in 2010.  In our distribution of these products, we compete with two branded Levo products—Abbott Laboratories’ Synthroid® and Monarch Pharmaceutical’s Levoxyl®— as well as generic products from Mylan and Sandoz.

 

Digoxin tablets are produced and marketed with two different potencies (0.125 and 0.25 milligrams (“mg”) per tablet).  This product is manufactured by JSP and we distribute it under the JSP Distribution Agreement.  We began buying this product from JSP and selling it to our customers in September 2002.  Digoxin tablets are used to treat congestive heart failure in patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds.  The beneficial effects of Digoxin result from direct actions on the cardiac muscle, as well as indirect actions on the cardiovascular system mediated by effects on the autonomic nervous system.  Side effects of Digoxin may include apathy, blurred vision, changes in heartbeat, confusion, dizziness, headaches, loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting and weakness.  Net sales of this product have increased from approximately $4.7 million in 2007 to $21.0 million in 2010.

 

We distribute two products containing Butalbital.  We have manufactured and sold one of the products, Butalbital with Aspirin and Caffeine capsules, for more than eighteen years.  The other Butalbital product, Butalbital with Aspirin, Caffeine and Codeine Phosphate capsules, is manufactured by JSP.  We began buying this product from JSP and selling it to our customers in December 2002.  Both Butalbital products, which are in orally administered capsule dosage forms, are prescribed to treat tension headaches caused by contractions of the muscles in the neck and shoulder area and migraine.  The drug is prescribed primarily for adults of various demographic backgrounds.  Migraine headache is an increasingly prevalent condition in the United States.  As conditions continue to grow, the demand for effective medical treatments will continue to grow.  Common side effects of drugs which contain Butalbital include dizziness and drowsiness.  Although new innovator drugs to treat migraine headaches have been introduced by brand name drug companies, we believe that there is still a loyal following of doctors and consumers who prefer to use Butalbital products for treatment.  As the brand name companies continue to promote products containing Butalbital, like Fiorinal®, we expect to continue to produce and sell our generic Butalbital products.

 

Morphine Sulfate liquid oral solution is produced and marketed in three different size containers (20 mgs per mL in 30, 120 and 240 mL bottles).  We manufacture these liquid dosage forms at our Cody Labs subsidiary and we are currently finishing the manufacturing methods and capabilities to make the API form also at Cody.  Sales of Morphine Sulfate approximated 5% of Lannett’s Net Sales during Fiscal 2010.  This drug is prescribed primarily for the management of pain in adults where other products or delivery methods are not tolerable to the patient.   Common side effects of this drug include respiratory and circulatory depression.   As recently as March of 2009, seven different companies, including Lannett, were manufacturing and/or distributing this product.  As a result of recent actions by the FDA (see Item 1. Government Regulation), at least five of those companies, including Lannett, have left the market by July 2010.  Only one company has an approved NDA for this product and is currently selling it, and Lannett expects to become the second approved manufacturer within the next several months.  If the FDA approves our current NDA application on Morphine Sulfate (see Item 1A. Risk Factors), Lannett will be vertically integrated on this product line.

 

Cocaine Topical Solution (“C-Topical”) is produced and marketed in two different strengths and two different size containers. (4% per 4 and 10 ml bottles, and 10% per 4 and 10 ml bottles).  We manufacture these liquid dosage forms at our Cody Labs subsidiary and we expect to complete finishing the manufacturing methods and capabilities to make the API form also at Cody within the next fiscal year.  Sales of C-Topical approximated 5% of Lannett’s Net Sales during Fiscal 2010.  This drug is utilized primarily for the

 

6



Table of Contents

 

anesthetization of the patient during ear, nose or throat surgery.  It also works as a vasoconstrictor during the surgery.  The only other company that was marketing this product announced during our fiscal 2010 year that they were withdrawing from the marketplace.

 

Validated Pharmaceutical Capabilities

 

Our manufacturing facility consists of 31,000 square feet on an approximately 3.5-acre parcel of land that we own.  In addition, we own a 63,000 square foot building on approximately 3.0 acres located within one mile of our manufacturing facility that houses packaging, research and development and possibly additional manufacturing space in the future.  In June 2006, we leased a third building located several miles from our manufacturing facility, consisting of 66,000 square feet on approximately 7.3 acres.  We purchased this building in October 2009 for approximately $3.8 million, plus the cost of fit out of approximately $2.0 million.  A significant portion of the purchase price and fit out costs are expected to be financed through a series of loans with a bank and a Pennsylvania state run development agency. Construction was substantially complete by June 30, 2010.  The financing will be competed shortly. This new facility is being used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space, shipping and possibly additional manufacturing space in the future.

 

The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of an approximately 73,000 square foot structure located on approximately 16 acres in Cody, Wyoming.  Cody Labs leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, Wyoming, which is 50% owned by us and 50% by an officer of Cody Labs and his former spouse. Cody Labs’ manufacturing facility currently has capacity for further expansion, both inside the existing structure, as well as by building outside the current structure.

 

We have adopted many FDA regulations relating to cGMPs in the last several years, and we believe we are operating our facilities in material compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations.  In designing our facilities, full attention was given to material flow, equipment and automation, quality control and inspection.  A granulator, an automatic film coating machine, high-speed tablet presses, blenders, encapsulators, fluid bed dryers, high shear mixers and high-speed bottle filling are a few examples of the sophisticated product development, manufacturing and packaging equipment we use.  In addition, our Quality Control laboratory facilities are equipped with high precision instruments, such as automated high-pressure liquid chromatographs, gas chromatographs, robots and laser particle size analyzers.

 

We continue to pursue our comprehensive plan for improving and maintaining quality control and quality assurance programs for our pharmaceutical development and manufacturing facilities.  The FDA periodically inspects our production facilities to determine our compliance with the FDA’s manufacturing standards.  Typically, after completing its inspection, the FDA will issue us a report, entitled a Form 483, containing observations of any possible violations of cGMPs. The FDA’s observations may be minor or severe in nature and the degree of severity is generally determined by the time necessary to remediate the cGMP violation, any consequences to the consumer of the products, and whether the observation is subject to a Warning Letter from the FDA.  By strictly complying with cGMPs and the various FDA guidelines, and Good Laboratory Practices (“GLPs”), as well as adherence to our Standard Operating Procedures, we have successfully minimized the number of observations in our FDA inspections in recent years.

 

Research and Development Process

 

Over the past several years, we have consistently devoted resources to R&D projects, including new generic product offerings.  The costs of these R&D efforts are expensed during the periods incurred.  We believe that such investment expense may be recovered in future years when we receive marketing approval from the FDA to distribute such products.  In addition to using cash generated from our operations, we have entered into financing agreements with third parties to provide additional cash when needed.  These financing agreements are more fully described in the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.  We have embarked on a plan to grow in future years.  In addition to organic growth to be achieved through our own R&D efforts, we have also initiated marketing projects with other companies in order to expand future revenue.  We expect that our growing list of generic products under development will drive future growth.  Over the past several years, we have hired additional personnel in product development, production, formulation and the R&D laboratory.  We also intend to use our R&D infrastructure to continually devote resources to additional R&D projects.  The following steps outline the numerous stages in the generic drug development process:

 

1.)            Formulation and Analytical Method Development. After a drug candidate is selected for future sale, product development scientists perform various experiments on the incorporation of active ingredients into a dosage form.  These experiments will result in the creation of a number of product formulations to determine which formula will be most suitable for our subsequent development process.  Various formulations are tested in the laboratory to measure results against the innovator drug.  During this time, we may use reverse engineering methods on samples of the innovator drug to determine the type and quantity of inactive ingredients.  During the formulation phase, our R&D chemists begin to develop an analytical, laboratory testing method.  The successful development of this test method will allow us to test developmental and commercial batches of the product in the future.  All of the information used in the final formulation, including the analytical test methods

 

7



Table of Contents

 

adopted for the generic drug candidate, will be included as part of the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls section of the ANDA submitted to the FDA in the generic drug application.

 

2.)            Scale-up. After the product development scientists and the R&D chemists agree on a final formulation to use in moving the drug candidate forward in the developmental process, we will attempt to increase the batch size of the product.  The batch size represents the standard magnitude to be used in manufacturing a batch of the product.  The determination of batch size will affect the amount of raw material that is input into the manufacturing process and the number of expected dosages to be created during the production cycle.  We attempt to determine batch size based on the amount of active ingredient in each dosage, the available production equipment and unit sales projections.  The scaled-up batch is then generally produced in our commercial manufacturing facilities.  During this manufacturing process, we will document the equipment used, the amount of time in each major processing step and any other steps needed to consistently produce a batch of that product.  This information, generally referred to as the validated manufacturing process, will be included in our ANDA submitted to the FDA.

 

3.)            Clinical testing. After a successful scale-up of the generic drug batch, we schedule and perform bioequivalency and in some cases clinical testing procedures on the product if required by the FDA.  These procedures, which are generally outsourced to third parties, include testing the absorption of the generic product in the human bloodstream compared to the absorption of the innovator drug.  The results of this testing are then documented and reported to us to determine the “success” of the generic drug product.  Success, in this context, means that we are able to demonstrate that our product is comparable to the innovator product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics and intended use.  Since bioequivalence (meaning that the product performs in the same manner and in the same amount of time as the innovator drug) and a stable formula are the primary requirements for a generic drug approval (assuming the manufacturing plant is in compliance with the FDA’s cGMPs), lengthy and costly clinical trials proving safety and efficacy, which are required by the FDA for innovator drug approvals, are typically unnecessary for generic companies.  If the results are successful, we will continue the collection of documentation and information for assembly of the drug application.

 

4.)            Submission of the ANDA for FDA review and approval. The ANDA process became formalized under The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act (“Hatch-Waxman Act”). The Hatch-Waxman Act amended the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) to permit FDA to review and approve an ANDA for a generic copy of a drug product, which previously received FDA approval through its new drug approval process, without having the generic drug company conduct costly clinical trials. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data, and quality control procedures.

 

According to a June 2010 presentation given by the FDA’s Office of Generic Drugs, the current FDA review time for ANDAs exceeds 26 months.  While we have received approval for some of our ANDAs in 14 months, we have also waited longer than 3 years before receiving approval.  Subsequently, the FDA advised that electronic submissions of applications may shorten the approval process.  We currently file our ANDAs and NDAs electronically.  ANDAs and NDAs submitted for our products may not receive FDA approval on a timely basis, if at all.

 

When a generic drug company files an ANDA with the FDA, it must certify that no patents are listed in the Orange Book, the FDA’s reference listing of approved drugs and listed patents.  An ANDA filer must certify, with respect to each application whether the filer is challenging a patent, either (i) that no patent was filed for the listed drug (a “paragraph I” certification), (ii) that the patent has expired (a “paragraph II” certification), (iii) that the patent will expire on a specified date and the ANDA filer will not market the drug until that date (a “paragraph III” certification), or (iv) that the patent is invalid or would not be infringed by the manufacture, use, or sale of the new drug (a “paragraph IV” certification). A paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved ANDA to which the ANDA refers.  A paragraph IV certification can trigger an automatic 30 month stay of the ANDA if the innovator company files a claim which would delay the approval of the generic company’s ANDA.  Currently, we have filed no paragraph IV certifications with our ANDAs.

 

Sales and Customer Relationships

 

We sell our pharmaceutical products to generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug retailers, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations.  We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows, trade publications and bids.  We also license the marketing of our products to other manufacturers and/or marketers in private label agreements.

 

8


 


Table of Contents

 

We continue to expand our sales to major chain drug stores.  Our policies of maintaining an adequate inventory, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders have contributed to a strong reputation among our customers as a dependable supplier of high quality generic pharmaceuticals.  In addition, our subsidiary Cody Labs sells APIs to dosage form manufacturers.

 

Some of our new generic products were developed and are manufactured by us while other products were developed and manufactured by other companies.  The products currently manufactured by us and those manufactured by others are identified in the section entitled “Current Products” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

 

Management

 

We have been focused on increasing the size and quality of our management team in anticipation of continuing our growth.  We have hired experienced personnel from large, established, brand pharmaceutical companies as well as competing generic companies to complement the skills and knowledge of the existing management team.  As we continue to grow, additional personnel may need to be added to our management team.  We intend to hire the best people available to expand the knowledge base and expertise within our personnel ranks.

 

Current Products

 

As of the date of this filing, we manufactured and/or distributed the following products:

 

Name of Product

 

Medical Indication

 

Equivalent Brand

1

 

Acetazolamide Tablets

 

Glaucoma

 

Diamox®

2

 

Amantadine SoftGel Capsules

 

Parkinson’s Disease

 

Symmetrel ®

3

 

Baclofen Tablets

 

Muscle Relaxer

 

Lioresal®

4

 

Bethanechol Chloride Tablets

 

Urinary Retention

 

Urecholine®

5

 

Butalbital, Aspirin and Caffeine Capsules

 

Migraine Headache

 

Fiorinal®

6

 

Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules

 

Migraine Headache

 

Fiorinal w/ Codeine #3®

7

 

Clindamycin HCl Capsules

 

Antibiotic

 

Cleocin®

8

 

C-Topical ™ Solution

 

Anesthetic

 

N/A

9

 

Codeine Sulfate Tablets

 

Pain Management

 

N/A

10

 

Danazol Capsules

 

Endometriosis

 

Danocrine®

11

 

Dicyclomine Tablets

 

Irritable Bowels

 

Bentyl®

12

 

Dicyclomine Capsules

 

Irritable Bowels

 

Bentyl®

13

 

Digoxin Tablets

 

Congestive Heart Failure

 

Lanoxin®

14

 

Dipyridamole Tablets

 

Anticoagulant

 

Persantine ®

15

 

Doxycycline Tablets

 

Antibiotic

 

Adoxa®

16

 

Doxycycline Hyclate Tablets

 

Antibiotic

 

Periostat®

17

 

Esterified Estrogen & Methyltestoterone Tablets

 

Hormone Replacement

 

Estratest®

18

 

Hydrochlorothiazide Tablet

 

Diuretic

 

Hydrodiuril®

19

 

Hydromorphone HCl Tablets

 

Pain Management

 

Dilaudid®

20

 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

Levoxyl®/ Synthroid®

21

 

Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution

 

Pain Management

 

Roxanol®

22

 

OB-Natal ® ONE SoftGel Capsules

 

Pregnancy

 

N/A

23

 

Oxycodone HCl Oral Solution

 

Pain Management

 

Roxicodone®

24

 

Phentermine HCl Tablets

 

Obesity

 

Adipex-P®

25

 

Phentermine HCl Capsules

 

Obesity

 

Fastin®

26

 

Pilocarpine HCl Tablets

 

Dryness of the Mouth

 

Salagen®

27

 

Primidone Tablets

 

Epilepsy

 

Mysoline®

28

 

Probenecid Tablets

 

Gout

 

Benemid®

29

 

Rifampin Capsules

 

Antibiotic

 

Rifadin®

30

 

Terbutaline Sulfate Tablets

 

Bronchospasms

 

Brethine®

31

 

Unithroid® Tablet

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

N/A

32

 

Ursodiol Capsules

 

Gallstone

 

Actigall ®

 

Unlike the branded, innovator companies, we do not develop new molecules. However, we have filed and received two patents for APIs at our Cody, Wyoming manufacturing facility, with an additional patent pending.

 

In fiscal years 2010 and 2009, we received five and four ANDA approvals from the FDA, respectively. The following summary contains more specific details regarding our latest ANDA approvals.  Market data is obtained from Wolters Kluwer.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

In March 2008, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Rifampin Capsules 150mg and 300mg. Rifampin is the generic version of Rifadin® and is used to reduce the number of meningococcal bacteria in the nose and throat. According to Wolters Kluwer, total sales of generic Rifampin Capsules 150mg and 300mg at AWP were $35 million in 2007.

 

In April 2008, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Dipyridamole Tablets 25mg, 50mg and 75mg.  Dipyridamole is the generic version of Persantine® and is used to reduce the formation of blood clots in people who have had heart valve surgery. According to Wolters Kluwer, total sales of generic Dipyridamole Tablets 25mg, 50mg and 75mg at AWP were $45 million in 2007.

 

In August 2008, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Doxycycline Monohydrate Tablets, 75mg and 150 mg, the generic equivalent of Adoxa® and used for the treatment of bacterial infections.  According to Wolters Kluwer, combined sales of generic Doxycycline Monohydrate Tablets, 75 mg and 150mg, were $25.8 million in 2007.

 

In December 2008, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Ursodiol 300 mg Capsules, the generic equivalent of Actigall® and indicated for patients with radiolucent noncalcified gallbladder stones, and for the prevention of gallstone formation in obese patients experiencing rapid weight loss.  According to Wolters Kluwer, combined sales of generic and brand Ursodiol were $128.2 million for the 12 months ending October 2008.

 

In May 2009, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Pilocarpine HCI Tablets 7.5 mg, the generic equivalent of Salagen®.  Pilocarpine HCI tablets are indicated for (1) the treatment of symptoms of dry mouth from salivary gland hyprfunction caused by radiotherapy for cancer of the head and neck and (2) the treatment of symptoms of dry mouth in patients with Sjogren’s syndrome. According to Wolters Kluwer, combined sales of generic and brand Pilocarpine HCI Tablets 7.5mg at AWP were $2.5 million in 2008.

 

In December 2009, Lannett a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Hydromorphone Hydrochloride Tablets USP, 2 mg, 4 mg and 8 mg, the generic equivalent of Purdue Pharmaceuticals’ (formerly Abbott’s) Dilaudid® Tablets 2 mg, 4 mg and 8 mg. According to Wolters Kluwer, U.S. sales in 2008 of both generic and brand Hydromorphone Hcl Tablets, 2 mg, 4 mg and 8 mg were $170 million at Average Wholesale Price. Hydromorphone Hcl tablets are indicated for the management of pain in patients where an opioid analgesic is appropriate.

 

In April 2010, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL, Multi-Dose Vials. Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL is the generic equivalent of GlaxoSmithKline’s Zofran® Injection, 2 mg/mL. Ondansetron Injection, USP 2 mg/mL is indicated for the prevention of postoperative nausea and vomiting and for the prevention of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.  For the 12 months ended December 2009 U.S. sales of Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL, were approximately $58 million at Average Wholesale Price (AWP). A launch date for the product has not yet been set.

 

In July 2010, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Phentermine Hydrochloride Blue/White Seed Capsules USP, 30 mg, the generic equivalent of Sandoz, Inc.’s Reference Listed Drug (RLD) Phentermine Hcl Capsules USP, 30 mg. According to Wolters Kluwer, U.S. sales of Phentermine Hcl Capsules USP, 30 mg in 2009 were approximately $36.5 million at Average Wholesale Price (AWP). This does not include sales of Phentermine made directly to consumers through clinics.  Phentermine Hcl is indicated as a short-term adjunct in a regimen of weight reduction based on exercise, behavioral modification and caloric restriction in the management of exogenous obesity for patients with an initial body mass index > 30 kg/m2, or > 27 kg/m2 in the presence of other risk factors (e.g., hypertension, diabetes, and hyperlipidemia).

 

In August 2010, we received a letter from the FDA with approval to market and launch Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL, Single-Dose Vials. Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL is the generic version of GlaxoSmithKline’s Zofran Injection, 2 mg/mL. Ondansetron Injection, USP 2 mg/mL is indicated for the prevention of postoperative nausea and vomiting and for the prevention of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.  For the 12 months ended December 2009, Ondansetron Injection USP, 2 mg/mL had U.S. sales of approximately $58 million at Average Wholesale Price. A launch date for the product has not been set.

 

We have additional products currently under development.  These products are either orally administered, solid-dosage products (i.e. tablet/capsule) or oral solutions, topicals or parentarels designed to be generic equivalents to brand named innovator drugs.  Our developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications. The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, clinical testing and FDA review.

 

The cost associated with each product that we are currently developing is dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to, the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the price of the raw materials and the FDA-mandated requirement of bioequivalence studies (depending on the FDA’s Orange Book classification). The estimated cost to develop a new generic product ranges from approximately $100,000 to $1.7 million.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

In addition, as one of the oldest generic drug manufacturers in the country formed in 1942, we currently own several ANDAs that are dormant on our records for products which we do not manufacture and market.  Occasionally, we review such ANDAs to determine if the market potential for any of these older drugs has recently changed to make it attractive for us to reconsider manufacturing and selling.  If we decide to introduce one of these products into the consumer market, we must review the original ANDA and related documentation to ensure that the approved product specifications, formulation and other factors meet current FDA requirements for the marketing of the applicable drug.  Generally, in these situations, we file a supplement to the FDA for the applicable ANDA, informing the FDA of any significant changes in the manufacturing process, the formulation, the raw material supplier or another major feature of the previously approved ANDA.  We would then redevelop the product and submit it to the FDA for supplemental approval.  The FDA’s approval process for an ANDA supplement is similar to that of a new ANDA.

 

In addition to the efforts of our internal product development group, we have contracted with several outside firms for the formulation and development of several new generic drug products.  These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, analytical method development and testing and manufacturing scale-up.  These products are orally administered solid dosage products intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications.  We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for all of these R&D products to our own commercial manufacturing sites.  We initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of our own internal R&D efforts.

 

The majority of our R&D projects are being developed in-house under our direct supervision and with our own personnel.  Accordingly, we do not believe that our outside contracts for product development or manufacturing supply are material in nature, nor are we substantially dependent on the services rendered by such outside firms.  Since we have no control over the FDA review process, our management is unable to anticipate whether or when it will be able to begin producing and shipping such additional products.

 

The following table summarizes key information related to our R&D products.  The column headings are defined as follows:

 

1.)           Stage of R&D — defines the current stage of the R&D product in the development process, as of the date of this Form 10-K.

 

2.)           Regulatory Requirement — defines whether the R&D product is or is expected to be a new ANDA submission, an ANDA supplement, or a grand-fathered product not requiring specific FDA approval.

 

3.)           Number of Products — defines the number of products in R&D at the stage noted.  In this context, a product means any finished dosage form, including all potencies, containing the same API or combination of APIs and which represents a generic version of the same Reference Listed Drug (“RLD”) or innovator drug, identified in the FDA’s Orange Book.

 

Stage of R&D

 

Regulatory Requirement

 

Number of Products

FDA Review

 

ANDA

 

21

FDA Review

 

ANDA supplement

 

10

Clinical Testing

 

ANDA

 

5

Scale-Up

 

Preliminary Investigational New Drug

 

3

Scale-Up

 

ANDA supplement

 

3

Scale-Up

 

ANDA

 

4

Formulation/Method Development

 

ANDA

 

35

 

We incurred R&D expenses of approximately $11,251,000 in fiscal year 2010, $8,427,000 in fiscal year 2009, and $5,173,000 in fiscal year 2008.  The R&D spending includes spending on bioequivalence studies, internal development resources as well as outsourced development.  While we manage all R&D from our principal executive office in Philadelphia, we have also been taking advantage of favorable development costs in other countries.  We have strategic partnerships with various companies that either act as contract research organizations or API suppliers as well as dosage form manufacturers.  In addition, U.S.-based research organizations have been engaged for product development to enhance our internal development.  Fixed payment arrangements are established with these development partners, and can range from $90,000 to $575,000 to develop a drug.  Development payments are normally scheduled in advance, based on milestones.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Raw Materials and Finished Goods Inventory Suppliers

 

Our use of raw materials in the production process consists of using pharmaceutical chemicals in various forms that are generally available from several sources.  FDA approval is required in connection with the process of using most active ingredient suppliers.  In addition to the raw materials we purchase for the production process, we purchase certain finished dosage inventories, including capsule, tablet and oral liquid products.  We sell these finished dosage products directly to our customers along with the finished dosage products manufactured in-house.  If suppliers of a certain material or finished product are limited, we will generally take certain precautionary steps to avoid a disruption in supply, such as finding a secondary supplier or ordering larger quantities.

 

Our primary finished product inventory supplier is JSP in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for approximately 77% of our inventory purchases in fiscal year 2010, 71% in fiscal year 2009 and 71% in fiscal year 2008.  On March 23, 2004, we entered into the JSP Distribution Agreement for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products in exchange for four million (4,000,000) shares of our common stock.  The products covered under the JSP Distribution Agreement include Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules, Digoxin Tablets and Levo Tablets, sold generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  The initial term of the JSP Distribution Agreement is ten years, beginning on March 23, 2004 and continuing through March 22, 2014.  See note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on the terms, conditions and financial impact of the JSP Distribution Agreement.

 

During the term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar quantities of JSP’s products that we distribute.  The minimum quantity to be purchased in the first year of the JSP Distribution Agreement was $15 million.  Thereafter, the minimum purchase quantity increases by $1 million per year up to $24 million for the last year of the JSP Distribution Agreement.  We have met each applicable minimum purchase requirement to date, but there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. If we do not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the JSP Distribution Agreement.

 

In August 2005, we entered into a three year agreement with a finished goods provider to purchase, at fixed prices, and distribute a certain generic pharmaceutical product in the United States.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from this provider accounted for approximately 1%, 14% and 23% of our costs of purchased inventory in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Following its expiration on August 21, 2008, the agreement was not renewed.

 

We have entered into definitive supply and development agreements with certain international companies, including Wintac of India, Orion Pharma of Finland, Azad Pharma AG, Swiss Caps of Switzerland and Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed) and The GC Group of Israel, as well as certain domestic companies, including Banner Pharmacaps, Cerovene and Inverness. We are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other international companies, through which we will market and distribute future products manufactured in-house or by third parties.  We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products.

 

Customers and Marketing

 

We sell our products primarily to wholesale distributors, generic drug distributors, mail-order pharmacies, group purchasing organizations, chain drug stores and other pharmaceutical companies.  The pharmaceutical industry’s largest wholesale distributors, McKesson, Cardinal Health and Amerisource Bergen, accounted for 9%, 7%, and 11%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2010 and 7%, 9% and 7%, respectively, of our net sales in fiscal year 2009.  Our largest chain drug store customer, Walgreens, accounted for 26% and 28% of net sales in fiscal year 2010 and fiscal year 2009, respectively.  We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition, and have experienced no significant collection problems to date.  Generally, we require no collateral from our customers.

 

Sales to wholesale customers include “indirect sales,” which represent sales to third-party entities, such as independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  We enter into definitive agreements with our indirect customers to establish pricing for certain covered products.  Under such agreements, the indirect customers independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  We will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price.  This credit is called a “chargeback.”  For more information on chargebacks, see the section entitled “Chargebacks” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.  These indirect sale transactions are recorded on our books as sales to the wholesale customers.

 

We believe that retail-level consumer demand dictates the total volume of sales for various products.  In the event that wholesale and retail customers adjust their purchasing volumes, we believe that consumer demand will be fulfilled by other wholesale or retail sources of supply.  As a result, we attempt to develop and maintain strong relationships with most of the major retail chains, wholesale

 

12



Table of Contents

 

distributors and mail-order pharmacies in order to facilitate the supply of our products through whatever channel the consumer prefers.  Although we have agreements with customers governing the transaction terms of our sales, there are no minimum purchase quantities applicable to these agreements.

 

We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows and bids.  We also market our products through private label arrangements, under which we manufacture our products with a label containing the name and logo of a customer.  This practice is commonly referred to as “private label business.”  Private label business allows us to leverage our internal sales efforts by using the marketing services from other well-respected pharmaceutical dosage suppliers.  The focus of our sales efforts is the relationships we create with our customer accounts.  Strong and dependable customer relationships have created a positive platform for us to increase our sales volumes.  Advertising in the generic pharmaceutical industry is generally limited to trade publications, read by retail pharmacists, wholesale purchasing agents and other pharmaceutical decision-makers.  Historically and in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, our advertising expenses were immaterial.  When our sales representatives make contact with a customer, we will generally offer to supply the customer our products at fixed prices.  If accepted, the customer’s purchasing department will coordinate the purchase, receipt and distribution of the products throughout its distribution centers and retail outlets.  Once a customer accepts our supply of a product, the customer typically expects a high standard of service, including timely receipt of products ordered, availability of convenient, user-friendly and effective customer service functions and maintaining open lines of communication.

 

Competition

 

The manufacturing and distribution of generic pharmaceutical products is a highly competitive industry.   Competition is based primarily on price, service and quality. Our competitive advantage is based on our ability to provide strong and dependable customer service by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders. We ensure that our products are available from national suppliers as well as our own warehouse. The modernization of our facilities, hiring of experienced staff and implementation of inventory and quality control programs have improved our competitive cost position over the past five years.

 

We compete with other manufacturers and marketers of generic and brand drugs.  Each product manufactured and/or sold by us has a different set of competitors.  The list below identifies the companies with which we primarily compete with respect to each of our major products.

 

Product

 

Primary Competitors

 

 

 

Butalbital with Aspirin and Caffeine, with and without Codeine Phosphate Capsules

 

Watson and Breckenridge

 

 

 

C_Topical™ Solution

 

None

 

 

 

Digoxin Tablets

 

GlaxoSmithKline, Impax, Caraco and Westward

 

 

 

Doxycycline Hyclate and Monohydrate Tablets

 

Par, Mylan, Sandoz and Ranbaxy

 

 

 

Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets

 

Abbott, Monarch, Mylan, Sandoz and Forest

 

 

 

Morphine Sulfate Liquid Oral Solution

 

Roxane and Mallinckrodt

 

 

 

Primidone Tablets

 

Watson, Qualitest, URL, Westward, Amneal and Impax

 

 

 

Rifampin Capsules

 

Sandoz and Versapharm

 

 

 

Unithroid® Tablets

 

Abbott, Monarch, Mylan and Sandoz

 

Government Regulation

 

Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, principally by the FDA, and, in cases of controlled drugs, the DEA, and to a lesser extent, by other federal regulatory bodies and state governments.  The FDCA, the Controlled Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, pricing, advertising, and promotion of our generic drug products. Noncompliance with applicable regulations can result in fines, recall and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, personal and/or

 

13



Table of Contents

 

corporate prosecution and debarment, and refusal of the government to approve new drug applications.  The FDA also has the authority to revoke previously approved drug products.

 

Generally, FDA approval is required before a prescription drug can be marketed.  A new drug is one not generally recognized by qualified experts as safe and effective for its intended use.  New drugs are typically developed and submitted to the FDA by companies expecting to brand the product and sell it as a medical treatment.  The FDA review process for new drugs is very extensive and requires a substantial investment to research and test the drug candidate.  However, less burdensome approval procedures may be used for generic equivalents.  Typically, the investment required to develop a generic drug is less costly than the brand innovator drug.

 

There are currently three ways to obtain FDA approval of a drug:

 

·                  New Drug Applications (NDA):  Unless one of the two procedures discussed in the following paragraphs is available, a manufacturer must conduct and submit to the FDA complete clinical studies to establish a drug’s safety and efficacy. The new drug approval process generally involves:

 

·                  completion of preclinical laboratory and animal testing in compliance with the FDA’s GLP regulations;

 

·                  submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

·                  performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each intended use;

 

·                  satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations; and

 

·                  submission to and approval by the FDA of an NDA.

 

The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent Institutional Review Board. Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap. These phases generally include:

 

·                  Phase I, during which the drug is introduced into healthy human subjects or, on occasion, patients and is tested for safety, stability, dose tolerance, and metabolism;

 

·                  Phase II, during which the drug is introduced into a limited patient population to determine the efficacy of the product in specific targeted indications, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and

 

·                  Phase III, during which the clinical trial is expanded to a larger and more diverse patient group at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites to further evaluate clinical efficacy, optimal dosage, and safety.

 

The drug sponsor, the FDA, or the independent Institutional Review Board at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

 

The results of preclinical animal studies and human clinical studies, together with other detailed information, are submitted to the FDA as part of the NDA. The NDA also must contain extensive manufacturing information. The FDA may approve or disapprove the NDA if applicable FDA regulatory criteria are not satisfied or it may require additional clinical data. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-market regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur or are identified after the product reaches the marketplace. In addition, the FDA may require post-marketing studies to monitor the effect of approved products and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies. The FDA has broad post-market regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Satisfaction of FDA new drug approval requirements typically takes several years, and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease. Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of potential products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures upon a manufacturer’s activities. Success in early stage clinical trials does not assure success in later stage clinical trials. Data obtained from clinical activities is not always conclusive and may be subject to varying interpretations that could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval. Even if a product receives regulatory approval, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

 

·                  Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDA):  An ANDA is similar to an NDA except that the FDA generally waives the requirement of complete clinical studies of safety and efficacy. However, it may require bioavailability and bioequivalence studies.  Bioavailability indicates the rate of absorption and levels of concentration of a drug in the bloodstream needed to produce a therapeutic effect.  Bioequivalence compares one drug product with another and indicates if the rate of absorption and the levels of concentration of a generic drug in the body are within prescribed statistical limits to those of a previously approved drug.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA may be submitted for a drug on the basis that it is the equivalent of an approved drug regardless of when such other drug was approved.  The FDA will approve the generic product as suitable for an ANDA application if it finds that the generic product does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the innovator product. A product is not eligible for ANDA approval if the FDA determines that it is not equivalent to the referenced innovator drug, if it is intended for a different use, or if it is not subject to an approved Suitability Petition. However, such a product might be approved under an NDA, with supportive data from clinical trials.

 

In addition to establishing a new ANDA procedure, the Hatch-Waxman Act created statutory protections for approved brand name drugs.  Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, an ANDA for a generic drug may not be made effective until all relevant product and use patents for the brand name drug have expired or have been determined to be invalid.  Prior to this act, the FDA gave no consideration to the patent status of a previously approved drug. Upon NDA approval, the FDA lists in its Orange Book the approved drug product and any patents identified by the NDA applicant that relate to the drug product. Any applicant who files an ANDA seeking approval of a generic equivalent version of a drug listed in the FDA’s Orange Book before expiration of the referenced patent(s), must certify to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the ANDA has been submitted to the FDA; (2) such patent has expired; (3) the date on which such patent expires; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the drug product for which the ANDA is submitted. This last certification is known as a Paragraph IV certification. A notice of the Paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers. Before the enactment of the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”), which amended the Hatch-Waxman Act, if the NDA holder or patent owner(s) asserted a patent challenge within 45 days of its receipt of the certification notice, the FDA was prevented from approving that ANDA until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in an ANDA applicant’s favor, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. In some cases, NDA owners and patent holders have obtained additional patents for their products after an ANDA had been filed but before that ANDA received final marketing approval, and then initiated a new patent challenge, which resulted in more than one 30-month stay.

 

The MMA amended the Hatch-Waxman Act to eliminate certain unfair advantages of patent holders in the implementation of the Hatch-Waxman Act. As a result, the NDA owner remains entitled to an automatic 30-month stay if it initiates a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of its receipt of notice of a paragraph IV certification, but only if the patent infringement lawsuit is directed to patents that were listed in the FDA’s Orange Book before the ANDA was filed. An ANDA applicant is now permitted to take legal action to enjoin or prohibit the listing of certain of these patents as a counterclaim in response to a claim by the NDA owner that its patent covers its approved drug product.

 

If an ANDA applicant is the first-to-file a substantially complete ANDA with a paragraph IV certification and provides appropriate notice to the FDA, the NDA holder, and all patent owner(s) for a particular generic product, the applicant may be awarded a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity against other companies that subsequently file ANDAs for that same product. A substantially complete ANDA is one that contains all the information required by the Hatch-Waxman Act and the FDA’s regulations, including the results of any required bioequivalence studies. The FDA may refuse to accept the filing of an ANDA that is not substantially complete or may determine during substantive review of the ANDA that additional information, such as an additional bioequivalence study, is required to support approval. Such a determination may affect an applicant’s first to file status and eligibility for a 180-day period of marketing exclusivity for the generic product. The MMA also modified the rules governing when the 180-day marketing exclusivity period is triggered or forfeited and shared exclusivity. Prior to the legislation, the 180-day marketing exclusivity period was triggered upon the first commercial

 

15



Table of Contents

 

marketing of the ANDA or a court decision holding the patent invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed. For ANDAs accepted for filing before March 2000, that court decision had to be final and non-appealable (other than a petition to the U.S. Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari). In March 2000, the FDA changed its position in response to two court cases that challenged the FDA’s original interpretation of what constituted a court decision under the Hatch-Waxman Act. Under the changed policy, the 180-day marketing exclusivity period began running immediately upon a district court decision holding the patent at issue invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed, regardless of whether the ANDA had been approved and the generic product had been marketed. In codifying the FDA’s original policy, the MMA retroactively applies a final and non-appealable court decision trigger for all ANDAs filed before December 8, 2003 leaving intact the first commercial marketing trigger. As for ANDAs filed after December 8, 2003, the marketing exclusivity period is only triggered upon the first commercial marketing of the ANDA product, but that exclusivity may be forfeited under certain circumstances, including, if the ANDA is not marketed within 75 days after a final and non-appealable court decision by the first-to-file or other ANDA applicant, or if the FDA does not tentatively approve the first-to-file applicant’s ANDA within 30 months.

 

In addition to patent exclusivity, the holder of the NDA for the listed drug may be entitled to a period of non-patent market exclusivity, during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA. If the listed drug is a new chemical entity, the FDA may not accept an ANDA for a bioequivalent product for up to five years following approval of the NDA for the new chemical entity. If the listed drug is not a new chemical entity but the holder of the NDA conducted clinical trials essential to approval of the NDA or a supplement thereto, the FDA may not approve an ANDA for a bioequivalent product before expiration of three years. Certain other periods of exclusivity may be available if the listed drug is indicated for treatment of a rare disease or is studied for pediatric indications.

 

·                  Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications:  For a drug that is identical to a drug first approved after 1962, a prospective manufacturer need not go through the full NDA procedure.  Instead, it may demonstrate safety and efficacy by relying on published literature and reports where at least some of information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference.  The Hatch-Waxman Act permits the applicant to rely upon certain preclinical or clinical studies conducted for an approved product.  The manufacturer must also submit, if the FDA so requires, bioavailability or bioequivalence data illustrating that the generic drug formulation produces the same effects, within an acceptable range, as the previously approved innovator drug.  Because published literature to support the safety and efficacy of post-1962 drugs may not be available, this procedure is of limited utility to generic drug manufacturers and the resulting approved product will not be interchangeable with the innovator drug as an ANDA drug would be unless bioeqivalency testing were undertaken and approved by FDA.  Moreover, the utility of Section 505(b)(2) applications have with the exception of “Grandfathered drugs”  been diminished by the availability of the ANDA process, as described above.

 

Additionally, certain products, marketed prior to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act may be considered GRASE (“Generally Recognized As Safe and Effective”) or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1938 act or the 1962 amendments to the act.”  Under the grandfather clause, such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.” Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for these GRASE products.  Efforts have included granting market exclusivity to approved GRASE products and issuing notices to companies currently producing these products.  One such current FDA effort includes our currently marketed product, Morphine Sulfate oral solution.  Please see additional discussion regarding our Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution product in Item 1A. Risk Factors, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Manufacturing cGMP Requirements

 

Among the requirements for new drug approval is the requirement that the prospective manufacturer’s methods conform to the FDA’s cGMP regulations to the satisfaction of the FDA pursuant to a pre-approval inspection before the facility may be used to manufacture the product.  The cGMP regulations must be followed at all times during which the approved drug is manufactured and the manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other authorities, including procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our products to assess our compliance with application regulations.  FDA’s cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation In complying with the standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, we must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality control to ensure full technical compliance.

 

16


 


Table of Contents

 

Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subjects a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to, the seizure or recall of noncomplying drug products injunctions, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or suspending manufacturing operations, and/or civil and criminal penalties.  Adverse experiences with the product must be reported to the FDA and could result in the imposition of market restriction through labeling changes or in product removal.  Product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems concerning safety or efficacy of the product occur following approval.

 

Other Regulatory Requirements

 

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. The FDA has very broad enforcement authority under the FFDCA, and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter directing entities to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA, and state and/or federal civil and criminal investigations and prosecutions.

 

We are also subject to various laws and regulations regarding laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals, and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances in connection with our research. In each of these areas, as above, the FDA has broad regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products, and withdraw approvals, any one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Outside of the United States, our ability to market a product is contingent upon receiving marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The requirements governing marketing authorization, pricing, and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a national level, although within the European Union registration procedures are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than one European Union member state. The regulatory authority generally will grant marketing authorization if it is satisfied that we have presented it with adequate evidence of safety, quality and efficacy.

 

DEA Regulation

 

We maintain registrations with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store, and distribute controlled substances in connection with our operations. Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by the DEA under the CSA. The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, and disposal of controlled substances. We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with DEA’s regulations. Any failure to comply with these regulations could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or a denial of renewal of our DEA registration, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties.

 

Fraud and Abuse Laws

 

Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs.  Our business is subject to compliance with these laws.

 

Anti-Kickback Statutes and Federal False Claims Act

 

The federal health care programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare or Medicaid.  The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments.  Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered business, the statute has been violated.  Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs.  In addition some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below.

 

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the health care industry.  Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial

 

17



Table of Contents

 

arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) to issue a series of regulations, known as “safe harbors.”  These safe harbors, issued by the OIG beginning in July 1991, set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute.  The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued.  However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

 

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute.  Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for health care items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on marketing of health care services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain sales, marketing, and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

 

Another development affecting the health care industry is the increased use of the federal Civil False Claims Act, and in particular, action brought pursuant to the False Claims Act’s “whistleblower” or “qui tam” provisions.  The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program.  The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery.  In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically.  In addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the Civil False Claims Act, although many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a federal health care program.

 

When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim.  There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act.  Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government.  The federal government has used the False Claims Act to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks, and other improper referrals, and improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of services, in addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered.  In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the False Claims Act in connection with off-label promotion of products.  Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.  We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions.  However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

 

HIPAA and Other Fraud and Privacy Regulations

 

Among other things, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowing and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.

 

Pricing

 

In the United States, our sales are dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement for our products from third-party payers, including federal and state programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private organizations such as commercial health insurance and managed care companies.  Such third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price of medical products and services and instituting cost containment measures to control or significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services.  This includes the placement of our pharmaceutical products on drug formularies or lists of medications.

 

Over the past several years, the rising costs of providing health care services has triggered legislation to make certain changes to the way in which pharmaceuticals, including our products, are covered and reimbursed, particularly by governmental programs.  For instance, recent federal legislation and regulations have created a voluntary prescription drug benefit, Medicare Part D, revised the

 

18



Table of Contents

 

formula used to reimburse health care providers and physicians under Part B and have imposed significant revisions to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program. These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, coverage and reimbursement restrictions and increased rebate obligations by manufacturers.  in addition, there continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care.  Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include:

 

·                  changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies;

 

·                  revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program;

 

·                  reforming drug importation laws;

 

·                  fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies; and

 

·                  requiring pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies.

 

We cannot predict the likelihood or pace of such additional changes or whether there will be significant legislative or regulatory reform impacting our products.  Nor can we predict with precision what effect such governmental measures would have if they were ultimately enacted into law.  However, in general, we believe that legislative and regulatory reform activity likely will continue.

 

We are also subject to federal, state and local laws of general applicability, including laws regulating working conditions and the storage, transportation, or discharge of items that may be considered hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or environmental contaminants.  We monitor our compliance with all environmental laws.  We are in substantial compliance with all regulatory bodies.

 

As a publicly-traded company, we are also subject to significant regulations and laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since its enactment, we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best practices and we continue to update the program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are responsible for maintaining compliance with many regulatory requirements.  The U.S. Department of Justice, acting on behalf of the DEA, issued us a letter in August 2008 requesting additional information on certain record keeping matters regarding a DEA inspection of our facilities.  We fully complied with their request and intend to fully comply with all requests for information that occur from time to time as a normal course of business.

 

Employees

 

As of June 30, 2010, we had 305 employees, comprised of 218 employees at Lannett and 87 employees at Cody Labs.

 

Securities and Exchange Act Reports

 

We maintain a website at www.lannett.com. We make available on or through our website our current and periodic reports, including any amendments to those reports, that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.  This information is available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act.

 

ITEM 1A.               RISK FACTORS

 

We materially rely on an uninterrupted supply of finished products from Jerome Stevens Pharmaceutical (“JSP”) for a majority of our sales.  If we were to experience an interruption of that supply, our operating results would suffer.

 

Approximately 69% of our fiscal year 2010 sales are of distributed products, primarily manufactured by JSP.  Two of theses products are Levo and Digoxin, which accounted for 41% and 17%, respectively, of our Fiscal 2010 net sales, and 40% and 22%, respectively, of our net sales for Fiscal 2009.  If the supply of these products is interrupted in any way by any form of temporary or permanent business interruption to JSP, including but not limited to fire or other naturally-occurring, damaging event to their physical plant and/or equipment, condemnation of their facility, legislative or regulatory cease and desist declaration regarding their operations,

 

19



Table of Contents

 

and any interruption in their source of API for their products, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  We do not have, at this time, a second source for these products.

 

Extensive industry regulation has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our business, especially our product development, manufacturing and distribution capabilities.

 

All pharmaceutical companies, including Lannett, are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and in the case of controlled drugs, the DEA, and state government agencies.  The FDCA, the CSA and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the development, testing, manufacturing, packing, labeling, storing, record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of our products.

 

The process for obtaining governmental approval to manufacture and market pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time-consuming and costly, and we cannot predict the extent to which we may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments.  We are dependent on receiving FDA and other governmental or third-party approvals prior to manufacturing, marketing and shipping our products.  The FDA approval process for a particular product candidate can take several years and requires us to dedicate substantial resources to securing approvals, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in a timely manner, or at all. In order to obtain approval for our generic product candidates, we must demonstrate that our drug product is bioequivalent to a drug previously approved by the FDA through the new drug approval process, known as an innovator drug. Bioequivalency may be demonstrated in vivo or in vitro by comparing the generic product candidate to the innovator drug product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, dissolution performance characteristics, and intended use. The FDA may not agree that the bioequivalence studies we submit in the ANDA applications for our generic drug products are adequate to support approval. If it determines that an ANDA application is not adequate to support approval, the FDA could deny our application or request additional information, including clinical trials, which could delay approval of the product and impair our ability to compete with other versions of the generic drug product.

 

Consequently, there is always the chance that we will not obtain FDA or other necessary approvals, or that the rate, timing and cost of such approvals, will adversely affect our product introduction plans or results of operations.  We carry inventories of certain product(s) in anticipation of launch, and if such product(s) are not subsequently launched, we may be required to write-off the related inventory.  Furthermore, the FDA also has the authority to revoke drug approvals previously granted and remove these products from the market for a variety of reasons, including a failure to comply with applicable regulations, the discovery of previously unknown problems with the product, or because the ingredients in the drug are no longer approved by the FDA.

 

Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for GRASE products.  Efforts have included granting market exclusivity to approved GRASE products and issuing notices to companies currently producing these products.  Lannett currently manufactures and markets several products that are considered GRASE products, including Morphine Sulfate.  The FDA is currently undertaking activities to force all companies who manufacture Morphine Sulfate to file applications and seek approval for this product or remove their product from the market.  As of July 24, 2010, Lannett has stopped manufacturing and distributing Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution and as of the date of this Form 10-K, the Company has approximately $2 million of Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution finished goods inventory.  Lannett has filed such an application and currently awaits FDA approval on the submission.  The Company expects approval on this application within the next seven months.   But, if the Company is rejected on its current application, or if the current application takes significantly longer than seven months to be approved, the Company is at risk of losing the $2 million of Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution inventory recorded on its books as of July 24, 2010, and approximately 5% to 8 % in future annual Net Sales.

 

In addition, Lannett, as well as many of our significant suppliers of distributed product and raw materials, are subject to periodic inspection of facilities, procedures and operations and/or the testing of the finished products by the FDA, the DEA and other authorities, which conduct periodic inspections to confirm that pharmaceutical companies are in compliance with all applicable regulations.  The FDA conducts pre-approval and post-approval reviews and plant inspections to determine whether systems and processes are in compliance with cGMP, and other FDA regulations.  Following such inspections, the FDA may issue notices on Form 483 that could cause us or our suppliers to modify certain activities identified during the inspection.  A Form 483 notice is generally issued at the conclusion of a FDA inspection and lists conditions the FDA inspectors believe may violate cGMP or other FDA regulations.  The DEA and comparable state-level agencies also heavily regulate the manufacturing, holding, processing, security, record-keeping, and distribution of drugs that are considered controlled substances. Some of the pain management products we manufacture contain controlled substances. The DEA periodically inspects facilities for compliance with its rules and regulations. If our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in regulatory action and additional costs to us.

 

Our inability or the inability of our suppliers to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result in, among other things, delays in or denials of new product approvals, warning letters, fines, consent decrees restricting or suspending

 

20



Table of Contents

 

manufacturing operations, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of sales, and/or criminal prosecution., Any of these or other regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.  Although we have instituted internal compliance programs, if these programs do not meet regulatory agency standards or if compliance is deemed deficient in any significant way, it could materially harm our business.  Additionally, if the FDA were to undertake additional enforcement activities with any of Lannett’s GRASE products, their actions could result in, among other things, removal of some of our products from the market, seizure of products and total or partial suspension of sales.  Any of these regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our manufacturing operations as well as our suppliers manufacturing are subject to licensing by the FDA and/or DEA.  If we or our suppliers were unable to maintain the proper agency licensing arrangements, our operating results would be materially negatively impacted.

 

All of our manufacturing operations as well as those of our suppliers rely on maintaining active licenses to produce and develop generic drugs.  Specifically, our Cody Labs operations rely on a DEA license to directly import and convert raw opium into several APIs or dosage forms.  This license is granted for a one year period and must be renewed successfully each year in order for us to maintain Cody’s current operations and allow the Company to continue to work towards becoming a fully integrated narcotics supplier.  If the Company were unable to successfully renew its FDA and/or DEA licenses, the financial results of Lannett would be negatively impacted.

 

If we are unable to successfully develop or commercialize new products, our operating results will suffer.

 

Our future results of operations will depend to a significant extent upon our ability to successfully commercialize new generic products in a timely manner.  There are numerous difficulties in developing and commercializing new products, including:

 

·                  developing, testing and manufacturing products in compliance with regulatory standards in a timely manner;

 

·                  receiving requisite regulatory approvals for such products in a timely manner;

 

·                  the availability, on commercially reasonable terms, of raw materials, including APIs and other key ingredients;

 

·                  developing and commercializing a new product is time consuming, costly and subject to numerous factors that may delay or prevent the successful commercialization of new products; and

 

·                  commercializing generic products may be substantially delayed by the listing with the FDA of patents that have the effect of potentially delaying approval of the off-patent product by up to 30 months, and in some cases, such patents have been issued and listed with the FDA after the key chemical patent on the branded drug product has expired or been litigated, causing additional delays in obtaining approval.

 

As a result of these and other difficulties, products currently in development by Lannett may or may not receive the regulatory approvals necessary for marketing.  If any of our products, when developed and approved, cannot be successfully or timely commercialized, our operating results could be adversely affected.  We cannot guarantee that any investment we make in developing products will be recouped, even if we are successful in commercializing those products.

 

The generic pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive.

 

We face strong competition in our generic product business.   Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors.  As patents for brand name products and related exclusivity periods expire, the first generic manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration.  As competing off-patent manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of such products (for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases dramatically.  Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally related to the number of competitors in that product’s market and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches.  Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

The loss of Arthur P. Bedrosian or our other key personnel could cause our business to suffer.

 

The success of our present and future operations will depend, to a significant extent, upon the experience, abilities and continued services of Arthur P. Bedrosian and our other key personnel.  If we lose the services of Mr. Bedrosian or our other key personnel, or if he or they are unable to devote sufficient attention to our operations for any other reason, our business may be significantly impaired.  If the employment of any of our current key personnel is terminated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and replace the employee with the same caliber of key personnel.  As such, we have entered into employment agreements with all of our senior executive officers to help prevent the loss of our key personnel.

 

Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period depending upon our product sales mix, our product pricing and our costs to manufacture or purchase products.

 

Our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depend to a significant extent upon our product sales mix.  Our sales of certain products that we manufacture tend to create higher gross margins than do the products we purchase and resell.  As a result, our sales mix will significantly impact our gross profit from period to period.

 

Factors that may cause our sales mix to vary include:

 

·                  the amount of new product introductions;

 

·                  marketing exclusivity, if any, which may be obtained on certain new products;

 

·                  the level of competition in the marketplace for certain products;

 

·                  the availability of raw materials and finished products from our suppliers; and

 

·                  the scope and outcome of governmental regulatory action that may involve us.

 

The profitability of our product sales is also dependent upon the prices we are able to charge for our products, the costs to purchase products from third parties, and our ability to manufacture our products in a cost effective manner.

 

If branded pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative and regulatory efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer.

 

Many branded pharmaceutical companies increasingly have used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic competition.  These efforts have included:

 

·                  pursuing new patents for existing products which may be granted just before the expiration of one patent which could extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics;

 

·                  using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to FDA standards;

 

·                  seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopoeia, an organization which publishes industry recognized compendia of drug standards;

 

·                  attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation; and

 

·                  engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could have an impact on products that we are developing.

 

If branded pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generic products through these or other means, our sales may decline.  If we experience a material decline in product sales, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will suffer.

 

Third parties may claim that we infringe their proprietary rights and may prevent us from manufacturing and selling some of our products.

 

The manufacture, use and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights have been the subject of substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical industry.  These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties.  We may have to defend against charges that we violated patents or proprietary rights of third parties.  This is

 

22



Table of Contents

 

especially true in the case of generic products on which the patent covering the branded product is expiring, an area where infringement litigation is prevalent, and in the case of new branded products where a competitor has obtained patents for similar products.  Litigation may be costly and time-consuming, and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel.  In addition, if we infringe on the rights of others, we could lose our right to develop or manufacture products or could be required to pay monetary damages or royalties to license proprietary rights from third parties.  Although the parties to patent and intellectual property disputes in the pharmaceutical industry have often settled their disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, the costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties.  Furthermore, we cannot be certain that the necessary licenses would be available to us on terms we believe to be acceptable.  As a result, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling a number of our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies from key suppliers that in some cases may be the only source of finished products or raw materials, our ability to deliver our products to the market may be impeded.

 

We are required to identify the supplier(s) of all the raw materials for our products in our applications with the FDA.  To the extent practicable, we attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application.  However, some products and raw materials are available only from a single source and, in some of our drug applications, only one supplier of products and raw materials has been identified, even in instances where multiple sources exist.  To the extent any difficulties experienced by our suppliers cannot be resolved within a reasonable time, and at reasonable cost, or if raw materials for a particular product become unavailable from an approved supplier and we are required to qualify a new supplier with the FDA, our profit margins and market share for the affected product could decrease, and our development and sales and marketing efforts could be delayed.

 

Our policies regarding returns, allowances and chargebacks, and marketing programs adopted by wholesalers may reduce our revenues in future fiscal periods.

 

Based on industry practice, generic drug manufacturers have liberal return policies and have been willing to give customers post-sale inventory allowances.  Under these arrangements, from time to time, we give our customers credits on our generic products that our customers hold in inventory after we have decreased the market prices of the same generic products due to competitive pricing.  Therefore, if new competitors enter the marketplace and significantly lower the prices of any of their competing products, we would likely reduce the price of our product.  As a result, we would be obligated to provide credits to our customers who are then holding inventories of such products, which could reduce sales revenue and gross margin for the period the credit is provided.  Like our competitors, we also give credits for chargebacks to wholesalers that have contracts with us for their sales to hospitals, group purchasing organizations, pharmacies or other customers.  A chargeback is the difference between the price the wholesaler pays and the price that the wholesaler’s end-customer pays for a product.  Although we establish reserves based on our prior experience and our best estimates of the impact that these policies may have in subsequent periods, we cannot ensure that our reserves are adequate or that actual product returns, allowances and chargebacks will not exceed our estimates.

 

Health care initiatives and other third-party payor cost-containment pressures could cause us to sell our products at lower prices, resulting in decreased revenues.

 

Some of our products are purchased or reimbursed by state and federal government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and managed care organizations, or MCOs. Third-party payors increasingly challenge pharmaceutical product pricing. There also continues to be a trend toward managed health care in the United States. Pricing pressures by third-party payors and the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs could result in lower prices and a reduction in demand for our products.

 

In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals and enactments to reform health care and government insurance programs could significantly influence the manner in which pharmaceutical products and medical devices are prescribed and purchased.   We expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for health care products and services. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to the health care industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. For example, the American Recovery and Reinstatement Act of 2009, also known as the stimulus package, includes $1.1 billion in funding to study the comparative effectiveness of health care treatments and strategies. If the stimulus package is approved in its current form, this funding will be used, among other things, to conduct, support or synthesize research that compares and evaluates the risk and benefits, clinical outcomes, effectiveness and appropriateness of products. Although Congress has indicated that this funding is intended for improvement in quality of health care, it remains unclear how the research will impact coverage, reimbursement or other third-party payor policies. Such measures or other health care system reforms that are adopted could have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and our ability to successfully commercialize our products or could limit or eliminate our spending on development projects and affect our ultimate profitability.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

We may need to change our business practices to comply with changes to fraud and abuse laws.

 

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including the federal fraud and abuse law (sometimes referred to as the “Anti-Kickback Statute”) which apply to our sales and marketing practices and our relationships with physicians. At the federal level, the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration, including a bribe, kickback, or rebate, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce the referral of patients for items or services covered by federal health care programs, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for products or services covered by federal health care programs. Federal health care programs have been defined to include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the federal government, including Medicare and Medicaid, among others. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s intent requirement to mean that if even one purpose in an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals or otherwise generate business involving goods or services reimbursed in whole or in part under federal health care programs, the statute has been violated. The federal government has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement will be illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued, but such transactions or arrangements face an increased risk of scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and an ongoing risk of prosecution. If our sales and marketing practices or our relationships with physicians (such as physicians serving on our Scientific Advisory Board) are considered by federal or state enforcement authorities to be knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or providing any remuneration in exchange for arranging for or recommending our products and services, and such activities do not fit within a safe harbor, then these arrangements could be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. If our operations are found to be in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties including fines of up to $25,000 per violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 per violation, assessments of up to three times the amount of the prohibited remuneration, imprisonment, and exclusion from participating in the federal health care programs.  In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters.  The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors.  A violation of this statue is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs.  The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services.  A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.  A number of states also have anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibit certain direct or indirect payments if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients or the furnishing of goods or services. Some states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply only to goods and services covered by Medicaid. Other states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply to all health care goods and services, regardless of whether the source of payment is governmental or private. Due to the breadth of these laws and the potential for changes in laws, regulations, or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change our business practices or our existing business practices could be challenged as unlawful, which could materially adversely affect our business.

 

Certain federal and state governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, have been investigating issues surrounding pricing information reported by drug manufacturers and used in the calculation of reimbursements as well as sales and marketing practices. For example, many government and third-party payors, including Medicare and Medicaid, reimburse doctors and others for the purchase of certain pharmaceutical products based on the product’s average wholesale price (“AWP”) reported by pharmaceutical companies. While Lannett has only used Suggested Wholesale Prices since 2000, the federal government, certain state agencies, and private payors are investigating and have begun to file court actions related to pharmaceutical companies’ reporting practices with respect to AWP, alleging that the practice of reporting prices for pharmaceutical products has resulted in a false and overstated AWP, which in turn is alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursement paid by Medicare beneficiaries, insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans, and others to health care providers who prescribed and administered those products. In addition, some of these same payors are also alleging that companies are not reporting their “best price” to the states under the Medicaid program. We are not currently subject to any such investigations or actions and having not used AWP pricing since 2000 would not likely become subject to these investigations.

 

We may become subject to federal and state false claims litigation brought by private individuals and the government.

 

We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement. The federal False Claims Act imposes civil liability and criminal fines on individuals or entities that knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, false or

 

24



Table of Contents

 

fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the False Claims Act and other similar laws may result in criminal fines, imprisonment, and civil penalties for each false claim submitted and exclusion from federally funded health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. The False Claims Act also allows private individuals to bring a suit on behalf of the government against an individual or entity for violations of the False Claims Act. These suits, known as qui tam actions, may be brought by, with only a few exceptions, any private citizen who has material information of a false claim that has not yet been previously disclosed. These suits have increased significantly in recent years because the False Claims Act allows an individual to share in any amounts paid to the federal government in fines or settlement as a result of a successful qui tam action.  If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal health care programs, and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.  Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results, action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

 

Sales of our products may continue to be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our distribution network and the concentration of our customer base.

 

Our principal customers are wholesale drug distributors and major retail drug store chains.  These customers comprise a significant part of the distribution network for pharmaceutical products in the U.S.  This distribution network is continuing to undergo significant consolidation marked by mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drug store chains.  As a result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market, and the number of independent drug stores and small drug store chains has decreased.  We expect that consolidation of drug wholesalers and retailers will increase pricing and other competitive pressures on drug manufacturers, including Lannett.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, our three largest customers accounted for 26%, 11% and 9%, respectively, of our net sales.  The loss of any of these customers could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our cash flows.  In addition, the Company has no long-term supply agreements with its customers that would require them to purchase our products.

 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involves the risk of product liability claims by consumers and other third parties, and insurance against such potential claims is expensive and may be difficult to obtain.

 

The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and the associated adverse publicity.  Insurance coverage is expensive and may be difficult to obtain, and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.  Although we currently maintain product liability insurance for our products in amounts we believe to be commercially reasonable, if the coverage limits of these insurance policies are not adequate, a claim brought against Lannett, whether covered by insurance or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Rising insurance costs, as well as the inability to obtain certain insurance coverage for risks faced by Lannett, could negatively impact profitability.

 

The cost of insurance, including workers compensation, product liability and general liability insurance, have risen in prior years and may increase in the future.  In response, we may increase deductibles and/or decrease certain coverage to mitigate these costs.  These increases, and our increased risk due to increased deductibles and reduced coverage, could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Additionally, certain insurance coverages may not be available to Lannett for risks faced by Lannett.  Sometimes the coverages obtained by Lannett for certain risks may not be adequate to fully reimburse the amount of damage that Lannett could possibly sustain.  Should either of these events occur, the lack of insurance to cover the entire cost to the Company would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Significant balances of intangible assets, including product rights acquired, are subject to impairment testing and may result in impairment charges, which will adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our acquired contractual rights to market and distribute products are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and related impairment charges identified to date.  We determined the initial cost by referring to the original fair value of the assets exchanged.  Future amortization periods for product rights are based on our assessment of various factors impacting estimated useful lives and cash flows of the acquired products.  Such factors include the product’s position in its life cycle, the existence or absence of like

 

25



Table of Contents

 

products in the market, various other competitive and regulatory issues and contractual terms.  Significant changes to any of these factors would require us to perform an additional impairment test on the affected asset and, if evidence of impairment exists, we would be required to take an impairment charge with respect to the asset.  Such a charge would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Federal regulation of arrangements between manufacturers of branded and generic products could adversely affect our business.

 

As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are now required to file with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic pharmaceutical companies related to the manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of branded drugs.  This new requirement could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with branded pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities.  The impact of this new requirement and the potential private-party lawsuits associated with arrangements between brand name and generic drug manufacturers is uncertain, and could adversely affect our business.

 

ITEM 2.                DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

Lannett owns three facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  Certain administrative functions, manufacturing and production facilities and our quality control laboratory are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road in Philadelphia.  The second facility consists of 63,000 square feet, and is located within one mile of the State Road location at 9001 Torresdale Avenue in Philadelphia.  Our research laboratory and packaging functions are located in the second building, which may be used for additional manufacturing space in the future.

 

In June 2006, we leased a third building located several miles from our manufacturing facility in Philadelphia, consisting of 66,000 square feet on approximately 7.3 acres.  We purchased this building in October 2009 for approximately $3.8 million, plus the cost of fit out of approximately $2.0 million.  A significant portion of the purchase price and fit out costs are expected to be financed through a series of loans with a bank and a Pennsylvania state run development agency. Construction was substantially complete by June 30, 2010.  The financing will be competed shortly.  This new facility is being used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space, shipping and possibly additional manufacturing space in the future.

 

Cody, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lannett, leases a 73,000 square foot facility in Cody, Wyoming.  This location houses Cody’s manufacturing and production facilities. Cody leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, Wyoming, which is 50% owned by Lannett and 50% by an officer of Cody Laboratories and his former spouse.

 

ITEM 3.                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In January 2010, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding against Olive Healthcare (“Olive”) for damages arising out of Olive’s delivery of defective soft-gel prenatal vitamin capsules.  The Company seeks damages in excess of $3.5 million. Olive has denied liability and filed a counterclaim in February 2010 for breach of contract.

 

In June 2008, the Company filed a declaratory judgment suit in the Federal District Court of Delaware (Civil Action No. 08-338 (JJF)) against KV Pharmaceuticals, DrugTech Corp. and Ther-Rx Corp (collectively, “KV”).  The complaint sought declaratory judgment for non-infringement and invalidity of certain patents owned by KV.  The complaint further sought declaratory judgment of anti-trust violations and federal and state unfair competition violations for actions taken by KV in securing and enforcing these patents.  After the complaint was filed, KV countered with a motion for a Temporary Restraining Order (“TRO”) to prevent the Company from launching its Multivitamin with Mineral Capsules (“MMCs”), due to alleged patent and trademark infringement issues.  The TRO was heard and, ultimately, resulted in a conclusion by the court that the Company’s product label on the MMCs should be modified.  KV also countered with claims of infringement by the Company of KV’s patents seeking the Company’s profits for sales of MMCs or other monetary relief, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, attorney’s fees and a finding of willful infringement. In March 2009, the Company and KV settled the litigation.  In light of the withdrawal of KV’s innovator prenatal product due to FDA enforcement actions, and the resulting anticipated decline in sales and declining market for written prescription, the Company decided it was pointless to continue the litigation and entered into the settlement arrangement with KV.  Pursuant to the settlement, the Company received a license from KV and became an authorized generic provider.  During the terms of the license, the Company is to pay KV a royalty on all future sales of its Prenatal vitamin product.  Lannett will cease offering its Prenatal vitamin product if and when the brand is restored to the marketplace.  In May 2010, the Company filed an action for declaratory relief in the Delaware Superior Court against KV seeking a declaration that KV breached its obligations under a settlement agreement entered into with the

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Company (the “Binding Agreement”).  In June 2010, KV filed a counterclaim to the complaint and asserted claims for breach of contract, declaratory judgment, negligent misrepresentation and fraud in connection with the Binding Agreement, alleging among other things that the Company has improperly withheld royalties from KV arising out of its sales of a pre-natal vitamin product.

 

In or about July 2008, Albion International and Albion, Inc. filed suit in the United States District Court, District of Utah (Case No. 2:08cv00515) against Lannett asserting claims for patent and trademark infringement, as well as unfair competition, arising out of Lannett’s use of product that it purchased from Albion and used as an ingredient in its MMC.  Lannett filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on the basis that it purchased the product from Albion and, as such, was authorized to use the product in its MMC.  The Court granted the motion and dismissed the complaint but gave Albion leave to file an amended complaint.  In January 2009, Albion filed an amended complaint.   Lannett filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaim, asserting, among other things, that Albion tortuously interfered with Lannett’s contracts.  Subsequent to the filing of the answer and counterclaim, Lannett and Albion reached an agreement in principal to settle the case.  Under terms of the settlement, the parties would each dismiss their claims against each other and provide releases.  In July 2009, the settlement agreement was signed and the case was dismissed.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.                                                MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

On April 15, 2002, the Company’s common stock began trading on the American Stock Exchange (now the NYSE — AMEX). Prior to this, the Company’s common stock traded in the over-the-counter market through the use of the inter-dealer “pink-sheets” published by Pink Sheets LLC.  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the high and low daily closing prices of the Company’s common stock during Fiscal 2010 and 2009, as quoted by the NYSE — AMEX.  Such quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-up, markdown, or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

9.67

 

$

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter

 

$

8.19

 

$

4.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third quarter

 

$

6.45

 

$

4.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

5.12

 

$

4.23

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

4.20

 

$

2.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter

 

$

5.00

 

$

1.79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third quarter

 

$

5.86

 

$

4.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

7.52

 

$

4.86

 

 

Holders

 

As of September 17, 2010, there were approximately 249 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Dividends

 

The Company did not pay cash dividends in Fiscal 2010 or Fiscal 2009. The Company intends to use available funds for working capital, plant and equipment additions, and various product extension ventures.  The Company does not expect to pay, nor should shareholders expect to receive, cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Share Repurchase Program

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s Share Repurchase Program.

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period

 

(a) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased

 

(b) Average
Price Paid
per Share (or
Unit)

 

(c) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

 

(d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value)
of Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 1 to April 30, 2010

 

8,799

 

$

4.47

 

8,799

 

$

4,348,587

 

May 1 to May 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1 to June 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,799

 

 

 

8,799

 

 

 

 

On January 27, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program which was reauthorized by the Board of Directors on November 20, 2009.  Under the program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $5 million of its outstanding common stock.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company has repurchased 110,108 shares of its common stock under the program at an aggregate purchase price of $651,413.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following financial information as of and for the five years ended June 30, 2010, has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein.  The comparability of information is affected by the items described below.

 

In Fiscal 2008, we increased our returns reserve by $10.5 million, reflecting our expectation that 100% of the shipments of Prenatal Multivitamin made in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 would be returned.  Our expectation that all of the product would be returned was based on our inability to have the product specified as a brand equivalent, product complaints and information from our customers regarding their intentions to return the product.

 

In Fiscal 2007, the Company wrote-off of a portion of a note receivable due from Cody Labs, and subsequently acquired Cody Labs (a provider of API).  Approximately $7.8 million of notes were written-off prior to the Cody Labs acquisition, representing the excess of the note receivable over the fair value of assets received of approximately $4.4 million.

 

Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Financial Highlights

 

As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Operating Highlights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

125,177,949

 

$

119,002,215

 

$

72,403,283

 

$

82,577,591

 

$

64,060,375

 

Gross Profit

 

$

41,339,807

 

$

45,244,469

 

$

16,301,071

 

$

21,424,987

 

$

28,375,665

 

Operating Income/(Loss)

 

$

13,030,019

 

$

10,780,869

 

$

(5,430,534

)

$

(5,964,409

)

$

8,453,918

 

Net Income/(Loss) — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

7,821,067

 

$

6,534,245

 

$

(2,318,059

)

$

(6,929,008

)

$

4,968,922

 

Basic Earnings/(Loss) Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.27

 

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.29

)

$

0.21

 

Diluted Earnings/(Loss) Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.27

 

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.29

)

$

0.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Highlights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

139,963,797

 

$

124,577,121

 

$

113,679,264

 

$

104,656,100

 

$

105,992,064

 

Total Debt

 

$

7,719,827

 

$

8,138,768

 

$

8,978,834

 

$

9,679,965

 

$

8,196,692

 

Long Term Debt, less Current Portion

 

$

2,868,549

 

$

7,703,382

 

$

8,186,922

 

$

8,987,846

 

$

7,649,806

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

88,957,715

 

$

77,647,623

 

$

69,321,789

 

$

70,183,175

 

$

75,755,916

 

 

ITEM 7.                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains forward-looking information. The forward-looking information is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the following section, entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may occur. Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Company files from time to time with the SEC, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by the Company in Fiscal 2011, and any Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe that our critical accounting policies include those

 

29



Table of Contents

 

described below. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, refer to Note 1 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

 

Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when its products are shipped.  At this point, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer and provisions for estimates, including rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  Accruals for these provisions are presented in the consolidated financial statements as rebates and chargebacks payable and reductions to net sales. The change in the reserves for various sales adjustments may not be proportionally equal to the change in sales because of changes in both the product and the customer mix. Increased sales to wholesalers will generally require additional accruals as they are the primary recipient of chargebacks and rebates. Incentives offered to secure sales vary from product to product. Provisions for estimated rebates and promotional credits are estimated based upon contractual terms.  Provisions for other customer credits, such as price adjustments, returns, and chargebacks, require management to make subjective judgments on customer mix. Unlike branded innovator drug companies, Lannett does not use information about product levels in distribution channels from third-party sources, such as IMS Health and Wolters Kluwer, in estimating future returns and other credits. Lannett calculates a chargeback/rebate rate based on contractual terms with its customers and applies this rate to customer sales.  The only variable is customer mix, and this assumption is based on historical data and sales expectations.  The chargeback/rebate reserve is reviewed on a monthly basis by management using several ratios and calculated metrics.  As we continue to obtain additional information about our historical experience for chargebacks, rebates and returns, we also update our estimates of the required reserves.

 

Chargebacks — The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue.  The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains, and mail-order pharmacies.  The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  Lannett enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products.  The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to actually purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  Lannett will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price if the price sold to the indirect customer is lower than the direct price to the wholesaler.  This credit is called a chargeback.  The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels.  As sales by the Company to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson, increase, the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase.  However, the size of the increase depends on the expected mix of product sales to the indirect customers. The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks on actual sales may differ from the amounts that were assumed in the establishment of the chargeback reserves.

 

Rebates — Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales.  These rebate programs provide customers with rebate credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period.  Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers.  At the time of shipment, the Company estimates reserves for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement.  The reserve for rebates increases as sales to rebate-eligible customers are recognized and decreases when actual rebate payments are made.  However, since rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates.

 

Returns — Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows certain customers to return product within a specified period prior to and subsequent to the product’s lot expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases.  The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return.  The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, adjusted for any changes in business practices or conditions that would cause management to believe that future product returns may differ from those returns assumed in the establishment of reserves.  Generally, the reserve for returns increases as sales increase and decrease when credits are issued or payments are made for actual returns received.  The reserve for returns is included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet.

 

Other Adjustments — Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf stock adjustments,” which are credits issued to reflect decreases in the selling prices of the Company’s products that customers have remaining in their inventories at the time of a price reduction.  Decreases in selling prices are discretionary decisions made by management to reflect competitive market conditions.  Amounts recorded for estimated shelf stock adjustments are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated declines in market prices, and estimates of inventory held by customers.  The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available.  Other adjustments are included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet.  When competitors enter the market for existing products, shelf stock adjustments may be issued to maintain price competitiveness.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

The following tables identify the reserves for each major category of revenue allowance and a summary of the activity for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Unless we have specific information to indicate otherwise, actual credits issued in a given year are assumed to be related to sales recorded in prior years based on the Company’s returns policy.

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2010

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009

 

$

6,089,802

 

$

2,537,746

 

$

5,106,992

 

$

 

$

13,734,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(6,068,639

)

(2,537,746

)

(3,832,652

)

 

(12,439,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2010 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

 

(401,203

)

 

(401,203

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2010 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2010

 

48,539,403

 

16,353,467

 

4,528,118

 

1,226,614

 

70,647,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2010

 

(42,278,440

)

(12,787,436

)

 

(1,226,614

)

(56,292,489

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010

 

$

6,282,127

 

$

3,566,031

 

$

5,401,254

 

$

 

$

15,249,412

 

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2008

 

$

4,049,407

 

$

632,314

 

$

13,642,589

 

$

2,107

 

$

18,326,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(3,954,794

)

(632,314

)

(12,853,342

)

 

(17,440,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2009 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

 

2,107

 

(2,107

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2009 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2009

 

35,391,475

 

12,141,204

 

4,315,638

 

204,119

 

52,052,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2009

 

(29,396,286

)

(9,603,458

)

 

(204,119

)

(39,203,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009

 

$

6,089,802

 

$

2,537,746

 

$

5,106,992

 

$

 

$

13,734,540

 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2007

 

$

4,649,478

 

$

871,339

 

$

113,313

 

$

52,234

 

$

5,686,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(4,556,488

)

(1,741,804

)

(4,909,659

)

 

(11,207,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2008 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

870,465

 

5,892,805

 

(50,000

)

6,713,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2008 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2008

 

26,126,995

 

7,999,232

 

12,546,130

 

473,423

 

47,145,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2008

 

(22,170,578

)

(7,366,918

)

 

(473,550

)

(30,011,046

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2008

 

$

4,049,407

 

$

632,314

 

$

13,642,589

 

$

2,107

 

$

18,326,417

 

 

Reserve Activity 2010 vs. 2009

 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments increased from $13,734,540 at June 30, 2009 to $15,249,412 at June 30, 2010. The increase in total reserves was due to an increase in the rebates reserve as a result of the timing of credits being processed by the customers and by the Company, an increase in chargeback reserves due primarily to an increase in inventory levels at wholesaler distribution centers, and an increase in the return reserves due to an increase in overall sales.

 

During Fiscal 2010 approximately $424,000 of the original $10,545,000 return reserve recorded in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 for the Prenatal Multivitamin product was applied to accounts receivable for customers who had returned the Prenatal Multivitamin product during 2010.  In addition, the Company reversed approximately $387,000 to net sales in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2010 as a result of new information that the Company had received regarding the amount of Multivitamin product that remained to be returned to the Company. This adjustment left a balance of approximately $17,000 of Multivitamin returns reserve on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2010.

 

The following tables compare the year-end reserve balances in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 and the gross sales mix in Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

%

 

2009

 

%

 

Chargeback reserve

 

$

6,282,127

 

41

%

$

6,089,802

 

44

%

Rebate reserve

 

3,566,031

 

23

%

2,537,746

 

19

%

Return reserve

 

5,401,254

 

36

%

5,106,992

 

37

%

Other reserve

 

 

0

%

 

0

%

 

 

$

15,249,412

 

100

%

$

13,734,540

 

100

%

 

 

 

Fiscal Year ended June 30,

 

Fiscal Fourth Quarter

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2010

 

2009

 

Chain drug stores

 

32

%

37

%

31

%

33

%

Mail Order

 

4

%

4

%

4

%

3

%

Wholesalers

 

64

%

59

%

65

%

64

%

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

Reserve Activity 2009 vs. 2008

 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments decreased from $18,326,417 at June 30, 2008 to $13,734,540 at June 30, 2009.  The decrease in the reserve balance was primarily the result of our decision to record during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 a $10,545,000 provision for the expected return of 100% of the shipments of Prenatal Multivitamin.  Our expectation that all of the product would be returned was based on our inability to have the product specified as a brand equivalent, product complaints and information from our customers regarding their intentions to return the product.  Substantially all of these products were returned in Fiscal 2009 leaving a balance of approximately $828,000 in the Multivitamin return reserve at June 30, 2009.  Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase primarily due to an increase in sales volume in Fiscal 2009.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

The increase in chargeback and rebate reserves between June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009 was primarily due to an increase in sales volume in 2009, as well as a change in our sales mix.  The following tables compare the year-end reserve balances in fiscal years 2009 and 2008 and the gross sales mix for the fourth quarters and full years in Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

%

 

2008

 

%

 

Chargeback reserve

 

$

6,089,802

 

44

%

$

4,049,407

 

22

%

Rebate reserve

 

2,537,746

 

19

%

632,314

 

3

%

Return reserve

 

5,106,992

 

37

%

13,642,589

 

74

%

Other reserve

 

 

0

%

2,107

 

0

%

 

 

$

13,734,540

 

100

%

$

18,326,417

 

100

%

 

 

 

Fiscal Year ended June 30,

 

Fiscal Fourth Quarter

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2009

 

2008

 

Chain drug stores

 

37

%

34

%

33

%

35

%

Mail Order

 

4

%

4

%

3

%

4

%

Wholesalers

 

59

%

62

%

64

%

61

%

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

Accounts Receivable - The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by a review of current credit information. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within both the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that it has in the past.

 

The Company also regularly monitors accounts receivable (“AR”) balances by reviewing both net and gross day’s sales outstanding (“DSO”).  Net DSO is calculated by dividing gross accounts receivable less the reserve for rebates, chargebacks, returns and other adjustments by the average daily net sales for the period.  Gross DSO shows the result of the same calculation without regard to rebates, chargebacks, returns and other adjustments.

 

The Company monitors both net DSO and gross DSO as an overall check on collections and to assess the reasonableness of the reserves. Gross DSO provides management with an understanding of the frequency of customer payments, and the ability to process customer payments and deductions.  The net DSO calculation provides management with an understanding of the relationship of the AR balance net of the reserve liability compared to net sales after charges to the reserves during the period.  Standard payment terms offered to customers are consistent with industry practice at 60 days.   Net DSO eliminates the effect of timing of processing, which is inherent in the gross DSO calculation.

 

The following table shows the results of these calculations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Net DSO (in days)

 

77

 

55

 

65

 

Gross DSO (in days)

 

69

 

53

 

70

 

 

The level of net DSO at June 30, 2010 is slightly higher than the Company’s expectation that DSO will be in the 60 to 70 day range based on 60 day payment terms for most customers.  The increase is due to a higher percentage of sales being shipped at the end of the quarter.

 

Inventories - The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out method) or market, regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand, and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimated forecasts of product demand and production requirements.  The Company’s estimates of future product demand may prove to be inaccurate, in which case it may have understated or overstated the provision required for excess and obsolete inventory. In the future, if the Company’s inventory is determined to be overvalued, the Company would be required to recognize such costs in cost of goods sold at the time of such determination. Likewise, if inventory is determined to be undervalued, the Company may have recognized excess cost of goods sold in previous periods and would be required to recognize such additional operating income at the time of sale.

 

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity — The Company consolidates any Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) of which we are the primary beneficiary. The liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating a VIE do not represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIE. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of

 

33



Table of Contents

 

consolidating a VIE do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims against our general assets. Reflected in the June 30, 2010 and 2009 balance sheets are consolidated VIE assets of $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively, which is comprised mainly of land and a building.  VIE liabilities primarily consist of a mortgage on that property in the amount of $1.6 million and $1.7 million at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  This VIE was initially consolidated by Cody, as Cody has been the primary beneficiary.  Cody has then been consolidated within Lannett’s financial statements since its acquisition in April 2007.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements -

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas including the treatment of contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under the guidance, changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties in a business combination after the measurement period will impact income tax expense. In April 2009, updated guidance was issued to address application issues regarding the accounting and disclosure provisions for contingencies. The authoritative guidance applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2009.  Early application is not permitted. The effect of this authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the nature and terms of any business combinations that occur after the effective date.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. We adopted this authoritative guidance effective July 1, 2009. As a result of the adoption, the Company presents noncontrolling interests as a component of equity on its consolidated balance sheets.  Minority interest expense is now shown below net income under the heading “net income attributable to noncontrolling interest”.  Prior year financial statements have been reclassified to reflect the adoption of this guidance.  The adoption of this guidance did not have any other significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The guidance is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. We adopted this authoritative guidance effective July 1, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity and modifies the methods allowed for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. It also requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  The authoritative guidance is effective for the annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and annual reporting periods thereafter. We do not expect the adoption of this authoritative guidance to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. The authoritative guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not anticipate that this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009

 

Net sales increased 5% from $119,002,215 in Fiscal 2009 to $125,177,949 in Fiscal 2010. The following factors contributed to the $6,175,734 increase in sales:

 

Medical indication

 

Sales volume
change %

 

Sales price
change %

 

Migraine Headache

 

(6

)%

9

%

Antibiotics

 

5

%

(5

)%

Prescription Vitamin

 

(47

)%

(15

)%

Pain Management

 

138

%

44

%

Epilepsy

 

(10

)%

26

%

Heart Failure

 

(19

)%

(1

)%

Thyroid Deficiency

 

9

%

0

%

 

Sales of drugs used for pain management increased by approximately $9,974,000 for Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009.  This increase is due to an increased number of products offered as well as a market withdrawal by one of our major competitors.  Sales of drugs used in the treatment of thyroid deficiency increased by approximately $4,485,000 as a result of a continued shift away from branded drugs towards generic prescriptions.  Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease in sales of our prescription vitamins of approximately $6,929,000 due to a lack of selling activities by the branded drug company. The overall increase in sales was also affected by a decrease in sales of drugs for the treatment of congestive heart failure by approximately $5,425,000 in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009.  This decrease was due to a prior year product recall by several of our major competitors which increased our Fiscal 2009 revenues.  Additional sales can also be attributed to new drugs used for the treatment of gallstones totaling approximately $2,190,000.

 

The Company expects to continue increasing the number of products available for sale to its customers, which will require additional FDA approvals. The Company’s receipt of several approvals by the FDA to offer new products has resulted in more sales of new products in Fiscal 2010 compared to Fiscal 2009.The Company sells its products to customers in various categories.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each category.

 

Customer Category

 

Fiscal 2010 Net Sales

 

Fiscal 2009 Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholesaler/Distributor

 

$

58.2 million

 

$

53.8 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Chain

 

$

60.3 million

 

$

59.0 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mail-Order Pharmacy

 

$

6.7 million

 

$

5.8 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Label

 

$

0.0 million

 

$

0.4 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

125.2 million

 

$

119.0 million

 

 

The sales to wholesaler/distributor and retail chain customer categories increased significantly as a result of an increase in the demand for products for which the Company is the major supplier and also an increase in the number of products available for sale.

 

Cost of sales increased 14% to $83,838,142 in Fiscal 2010 from $73,757,746 in Fiscal 2009.  The increase reflected the impact of the 5% increase in sales as well as additional royalties of approximately $455,180 primarily related to the sale of the prescription vitamins, our Amantadine product and the final payments under the Provell termination agreement.  Additionally, the increase in cost of sales is attributable to two months of idle capacity costs at our Cody Labs subsidiary being directly expensed to the income statement during the second quarter of fiscal 2010.  In March of 2009, the FDA issued a warning letter to nine companies including Lannett to remove Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution from the market until someone could submit an application and receive approval on such application.  In April 2009, due to shortages of this fairly necessary drug in the marketplace, the FDA reversed their position and allowed all seven companies to continue manufacturing and/or marketing Morphine Sulfate up until 180 days after someone received approval on a Morphine Sulfate application.  These actions by the FDA caused the DEA to withhold purchasing and manufacturing quota from some or all of these nine companies, including Lannett.  Although the Company had quota at the time and quota issues were resolved by December 2009, the Cody Labs facility was left idle for the months of October and November 2009 due to the lack of Morphine Sulfate quota.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Amortization expense primarily relates to the JSP Distribution Agreement.  For the remaining term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, the Company will incur annual amortization expense of approximately $1,785,000.

 

Gross profit margins for Fiscal 2010 and Fiscal 2009 were 33% and 38%, respectively. Gross profit percentage decreased due to the decline in sales of the prescription vitamin, the commencement of the related royalty and the Cody Labs idle capacity costs discussed above.  While the Company is continuously striving to keep product costs low, there can be no guarantee that profit margins will not fluctuate in future periods.  Pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in the future. Changes in the future sales product mix may also occur. These changes may affect the gross profit percentage in future periods.

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses increased 34% to $11,251,421 in Fiscal 2010 from $8,427,135 in Fiscal 2009.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of drugs in development and preparation for submission to the FDA as well as increased costs for biostudies.  The Company expenses all production costs as R&D until the drug is approved by the FDA.  R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period, based on R&D plans for submission to the FDA.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“S, G & A”) expenses decreased 33% to $17,375,320 in Fiscal 2010 from $26,059,104 in Fiscal 2009.  The decrease is primarily due to litigation expenses in Fiscal 2009 related to the patent challenge with KV Pharmaceuticals of approximately $6,537,000 which were not incurred in Fiscal 2010 as the litigation was settled in March 2009. In the third quarter of Fiscal 2009, the Company also incurred severance costs related to the departure of the Company’s former chief financial officer of approximately $452,000 which were not incurred in Fiscal 2010.  Most of the remaining decrease in S, G &A expense is due to the reallocation of personnel at Cody Labs during 2010 to production due to their transition during this fiscal year into a more fully functional manufacturing facility.  The costs incurred during fiscal 2009 of getting the Cody facility compliant with FDA cGMP requirements, as well as the personnel and related expenses incurred to set up laboratories and manufacturing space, and writing and establishing all policies and procedures were expensed to S, G &A. While the Company is focused on controlling costs, increases in personnel costs may have an ongoing and longer lasting impact on the administrative cost structure.  Other costs are being incurred to facilitate improvements in the Company’s infrastructure.  These costs are expected to be temporary investments in the future of the Company and may not continue at the same level.

 

Interest expense decreased to $275,870 in Fiscal 2010 from $321,751 in Fiscal 2009, due to lower levels of long term debt.  Interest income decreased to $62,328 in Fiscal 2010 from $209,188 in Fiscal 2009 due to lower interest earned on smaller investment securities balances.

 

The Company recorded income tax expense totaling $4,813,044 in Fiscal 2010 compared to $4,090,716 in Fiscal 2009.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2010 was 37.5% compared to 38.3% for Fiscal 2009.  The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2010 includes the impact of a change in Pennsylvania tax law which lowered the Company’s apportionment factor within this state.  The impact of this change caused the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets by approximately $650,000, and therefore increased the effective tax rate by approximately 5% for Fiscal 2010.  The increase in effective tax rate related to this change in Pennsylvania tax law was essentially offset by the impact of the settlement reached with the IRS related to its review of the federal income tax return for Fiscal 2008.  As a result of the settlement, the Company recorded a refund receivable totaling approximately $421,000 and reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $216,000.  In addition, the Company amended its Fiscal 2005 income tax return to claim additional federal income tax credits, which was accepted as timely filed by the IRS.  As a result, the Company reduced its income taxes payable by approximately $528,000 related to this amended income tax return.

 

At June 30, 2010, the Company has recognized a net deferred tax asset of $17,881,721.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation allowance of $2,016,620 that is related to the Cody notes receivable impairment incurred in conjunction with the acquisition of Cody Labs.   The Company has provided for the valuation allowance related to the notes receivable impairment as this benefit will be realized only upon the disposition of Cody Labs.  As the Company has no current plans to dispose of its holdings in Cody, a full valuation allowance has been established.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on the Company’s history and future expectations of generating sufficient taxable income.

 

The Company reported net income attributable to Lannett of $7,821,067 for Fiscal 2010, or $0.32 basic and $0.31 diluted earnings per share, compared to net income attributable to Lannett of $6,534,245 for Fiscal 2009, or $0.27 basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Results of Operations — Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008

 

Net sales increased 64% from $72,403,283 in Fiscal 2008 to $119,002,215 in Fiscal 2009. The increase was partly due to sales of approximately $12,569,000 of our prescription vitamins during Fiscal 2009 which was the first year that the Company has offered this product.  In addition to the sales of the prescription vitamins, the following factors contributed to the $46,598,932 increase in sales:

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Medical indication

 

Sales volume
change %

 

Sales price
change %

 

Migraine Headache

 

(3

)%

(4

)%

Antibiotics

 

51

%

(43

)%

Epilepsy

 

2

%

(53

)%

Heart Failure

 

159

%

36

%

Thyroid

 

28

%

(3

)%

 

The increase in product sales can be attributed primarily to three products.  Sales of drugs for the treatment of congestive heart failure increased by approximately $18,847,000 for Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008 due to a product recall by several of our major competitors. For Fiscal 2009, the Company had sales of approximately $12,569,000 of the prescription vitamins, which was the first year the Company offered this product.  Sales of drugs used in the treatment of thyroid deficiency increased by approximately $9,311,000.  The main reason for this increase was due to an increase in sales to one large existing retail chain customer along with the addition of several new customers at our existing prices.

 

The Company expects to continue increasing the number of products available for sale to its customers, which will require additional FDA approvals. The Company’s receipt of several approvals by the FDA to offer new products has resulted in more sales of new products in Fiscal 2009 compared to Fiscal 2008.

 

The Company sells its products to customers in various categories.  The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each category.

 

Customer Category

 

Fiscal 2009 Net Sales

 

Fiscal 2008 Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wholesaler/Distributor

 

$

53.8 million

 

$

30.5 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail Chain

 

$

59.0 million

 

$

37.1 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mail-Order Pharmacy

 

$

5.8 million

 

$

4.5 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Label

 

$

0.4 million

 

$

0.3 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

119.0 million

 

$

72.4 million

 

 

The sales to all customer categories except private label increased significantly as a result of an increase in the demand for products for which the Company is the major supplier and also an increase in the number of products available for sale.

 

Cost of sales increased 31%, from $56,102,212 in Fiscal 2008 to $73,757,746 in Fiscal 2009.   The increase reflected the impact of the 64% increase in net sales as well as the overall fixed nature of some production costs.

 

Amortization expense primarily relates to the JSP Distribution Agreement.  For the remaining term of the JSP Distribution Agreement, the Company will incur annual amortization expense of approximately $1,785,000.

 

Gross profit as a percent of net sales increased to 38% in Fiscal 2009 from 23% in Fiscal 2008, due to strong profit margins on the new prescription vitamin, increased margins for our congestive heart failure medication, and the overall fixed nature of some production costs versus the 64% increase in revenues.  While the Company is continuously striving to keep product costs low, there can be no guarantee that profit margins will not decline in future periods due to pricing pressure from competitors and costs of producing or purchasing new drugs.  Changes in the product mix may also occur which could affect gross profit as a percent of sales in future periods.

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses increased 63% to $8,427,135 in Fiscal 2009 from $5,172,715 in Fiscal 2008.  The increase was primarily due to a increase in the production of drugs in development and preparation for submission to the FDA.  The Company expenses all production costs as R&D until the drug is approved by the FDA.  R&D expenses may fluctuate from period to period, based on planned submissions to the FDA.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 57% to $26,059,104 in Fiscal 2009 from   $16,552,859 in Fiscal 2008.  The increase is primarily due to litigation expenses related to the patent challenge with KV Pharmaceuticals of approximately $6,537,000,

 

37



Table of Contents

 

incentive compensation costs totaling approximately $4,200,000, and severance costs related to the departure of the Company’s former chief financial officer of approximately $452,000.  While the Company is focused on controlling costs, increases in personnel costs may have an ongoing and longer lasting impact on the administrative cost structure.  Other costs are being incurred to facilitate improvements in the Company’s infrastructure.  These costs are expected to be temporary investments in the future of the Company and may not continue at the same level.

 

Interest expense decreased to $321,751 in Fiscal 2009 from $383,267 in Fiscal 2008, due to lower levels of long term debt.  Interest income increased to $209,188 in Fiscal 2009 from $170,040 in Fiscal 2008 due to interest income received on an income tax refund as well as interest earned on a higher level of investment securities.

 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $4,090,716 in Fiscal 2009 on a pretax income after noncontrolling interest of $10,624,961 as compared to an income tax benefit of $3,376,011 in Fiscal 2008 on a pretax loss after noncontrolling interest of $5,694,070.  The inclusion of nondeductible expenses, state income taxes, the effects of federal income tax credits, and a reduction in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets were the principal reasons for the effective tax rate of 38.3% in fiscal year 2009.

 

At June 30, 2009, the Company has recognized a net deferred tax asset of $18,054,474.  The net deferred tax asset is net of a valuation allowance of $2,097,175 that is related to the Cody notes receivable impairment incurred in conjunction with the acquisition of Cody Labs.   The Company has provided for the valuation allowance related to the notes receivable impairment as this benefit will be realized only upon the disposition of Cody Labs.  As the Company has no current plans to dispose of its holdings in Cody, a full valuation allowance has been established.  The Company expects the remaining net deferred tax assets to be fully realizable based on the Company’s history and future expectations of generating sufficient taxable income.

 

The Company reported net income attributable to Lannett of $6,534,245 for Fiscal 2009, or $0.27 basic and diluted earnings per share, compared to a net loss attributable to Lannett of $2,318,059 for Fiscal 2008, or $0.10 basic and diluted loss per share.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company has historically financed its operations with cash flow generated from operations, supplemented with borrowings from various government agencies and financial institutions.  At June 30, 2010, working capital was $40,104,705 as compared to $38,632,170 at June 30, 2009, an increase of $1,472,535.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of $6,941,231 for the year ended June 30, 2010 reflected net income of $8,008,028 after adjusting for non-cash items of $6,787,846, as well as cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $7,854,643.  Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities are comprised of:

 

·                  An increase in trade accounts receivable of approximately $8,802,000 primarily as a result of increased sales in Fiscal 2010 as well as the timing of those shipments resulting in a higher DSO at June 30, 2010. The change in the accounts receivable balance from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010 includes a non-cash decrease of approximately $424,000 related to the issuance of credits for the returns of the multivitamin product received by the Company through June 30, 2010.

·                  An increase in inventories of approximately $2,862,000 due to increased stocking levels at both Lannett and Cody Labs for certain products as of June 30, 2010 that are being carried in order to respond to the increased order volume we are currently experiencing.

·                  An increase in income taxes payable of approximately $769,000 primarily related to federal tax provisions in excess of estimated tax payments made in Fiscal 2010.

·                  An increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of approximately $1,908,000 primarily related to the Company’s payment of $1,406,000 to the FDA that accompanied an initial application for approval of a currently marketed GRASE product. The Company is currently awaiting a response from the FDA as to whether part or all of the fee is refundable. The FDA normally has up to six months from date of submission in order to determine if any amounts are refundable. Accordingly the Company is recording this amount in Other Current Assets. If any part of the fee is not refundable, and the Company receives approval to market the related product, the Company expects to record the amount as an intangible asset and amortize it over the estimated product life. If this application is not approved, the Company has the right to re-file an application for this specific product with no additional fee due.

·                  An increase in accrued expenses of approximately $1,622,000 due to the timing of payments related to biostudies and royalties.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

·                  An increase in rebates, chargebacks and returns payable of approximately $1,939,000 primarily due to an increase in the rebates reserve as a result of the timing of credits being processed by the customers and by the Company, an increase in chargeback reserves due primarily to an increase in inventory levels at wholesaler distribution centers, and an increase in the return reserves due to an increase in overall sales, partially offset by the reversal of the multivitamin product return reserve of approximately $387,000.  This increase was partly offset by a non-cash decrease of approximately $424,000 related to the issuance of credits for the returns of the multivitamin product received by the Company through June 30, 2010.

·                  An increase in accrued payroll and payroll related costs of approximately $1,913,000 primarily related to accrual of the Fiscal 2010 incentive compensation costs partially offset by the payment in the first half of Fiscal 2010 of the Fiscal 2009 accrued incentive compensation costs totaling approximately $4,165,000.  Of this amount, approximately $759,000 was settled with the issuance of restricted stock and is therefore excluded from the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

Net cash used in investing activities of approximately $10,979,000 for the year ended June 30, 2010 is mainly the result of purchases of property, plant and equipment of approximately $11,187,000, primarily related to acquired land and buildings to be used as the Company’s administrative offices and additional warehouse space, as well as the purchase of an intangible asset (product rights) for $500,000.  Partially offsetting these amounts are proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment totaling approximately $368,000 and proceeds from the sale of investment securities totaling approximately $340,000.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $67,000 for Fiscal 2010 was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of stock of approximately $756,000 partially offset by the purchase of shares of treasury stock totaling approximately $162,000.  The Company also made scheduled debt repayments of approximately $419,000 and a distribution to noncontrolling interests totaling approximately $169,000.

 

The Company has entered into agreements with various government agencies and financial institutions to provide additional cash to help finance the Company’s operations.  These borrowing arrangements as of June 30, 2010 are as follows:

 

The Company has a $3,000,000 line of credit from Wells Fargo, N. A., formerly Wachovia Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) that bears interest at the prime interest rate less 0.25% (3.00% at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively). As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $3,000,000 of availability under this line of credit.  The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.  The agreement contains covenants with respect to working capital, net worth and certain ratios, as well as other covenants.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the agreement.

 

The existing line of credit, which was scheduled to expire on November 30, 2009, was renewed and extended during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010 to November 30, 2010.   As part of the renewal agreement, the Company is no longer required to maintain any minimum deposit balances with Wells Fargo, and the availability fee on the unused balance of the line of credit was reduced to 0.375%.

 

The Company borrowed $4,500,000 from the Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation (“PIDC”). The Company pays a bi-annual interest payment at a rate equal to two and one-half percent per annum.  The outstanding principal balance is due and payable on January 1, 2011.

 

The Company borrowed $1,250,000 through the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (“PIDA”).  The Company is required to make equal payments each month for 180 months starting February 1, 2006 with interest of two and three-quarter percent per annum.  The PIDA Loan has $933,820 outstanding as of June 30, 2010 with $77,091 currently due.

 

The Company borrowed $500,000 from the Pennsylvania Department of Community and Economic Development Machinery and Equipment Loan Fund.  The Company is required to make equal payments for 60 months starting May 1, 2006 with interest of two and three quarter percent per annum.  As of June 30, 2010, $88,141 is outstanding.

 

In April 1999, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development (the “Authority” or “PAID”), to finance future construction and growth projects of the Company. The Authority issued $3,700,000 in tax-exempt variable rate demand and fixed rate revenue bonds to provide the funds to finance such growth projects pursuant to a trust indenture (“the Trust Indenture”).  A portion of the Company’s proceeds from the bonds was used to pay for bond issuance costs of approximately $170,000.  The Trust Indenture requires that the Company repay the Authority loan through installment payments beginning in May 2003 and continuing through May 2014, the year the bonds mature. The bonds bear interest at the floating variable rate determined by the organization responsible for selling the bonds (the “remarketing agent”).  The interest rate fluctuates on a weekly basis.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2010 was 0.52%.  At June 30, 2010, the Company has $555,000 outstanding on

 

39



Table of Contents

 

the Authority loan, of which $130,000 is classified as currently due.  The remainder is classified as a long-term liability. In April 1999, an irrevocable letter of credit of $3,770,000 was issued by Wachovia to secure payment of the Authority Loan and a portion of the related accrued interest.  At June 30, 2010, no portion of the letter of credit has been utilized.

 

The Company entered into agreements (the “2003 Loan Financing”) with Wells Fargo to finance the purchase of the Torresdale Avenue facility, the renovation and setup of the building, and other anticipated capital expenditures.  The Company, as part of the 2003 Loan Financing agreement, is required to make equal payments of principal and interest.  The only portion of the loan that remained outstanding at June 30, 2009 was the Equipment Loan, which had an outstanding balance of $80,130 at June 30, 2009. This loan was fully repaid as of June 30, 2010.

 

The Company has executed Security Agreements with Wells Fargo, PIDA and PIDC in which the Company has pledged substantially all of its assets to collateralize the amounts due.

 

As a result of the acquisition of Cody, the Company consolidates Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a variable interest entity (“VIE”), for which Cody Labs is the primary beneficiary.  See note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.”  A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody related to the purchase of land and building by the VIE has also been consolidated in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  The mortgage requires monthly principal and interest payments of $14,782, at a fixed rate of 7.5%, to be made through June 2026.  As of June 30, 2010, $1,642,866 is outstanding under the mortgage loan, of which $56,046 is classified as currently due. The mortgage is collateralized by the land and building.

 

In July 2004, the Company received $500,000 of grant funding from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, acting through the Department of Community and Economic Development.  The grant funding program requires the Company to use the funds for machinery and equipment located at their Pennsylvania locations, hire an additional 100 full-time employees by June 30, 2006, operate its Pennsylvania locations a minimum of five years and meet certain matching investment requirements.  If the Company fails to comply with any of the requirements above, the Company would be liable to repay the full amount of the grant funding ($500,000).  The Company has recorded the unearned grant funds as a liability until the Company complies with all of the requirements of the grant funding program. As of June 30, 2010, the Company has had preliminary discussions with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to determine whether it will be required to repay any of the funds provided under the grant funding program.  Based on information available at June 30, 2010, the Company has recorded the grant funding as a long-term liability under the caption of Unearned Grant Funds.

 

The following table represents annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

 

 

 

 

 

More than 5

 

 

 

Total

 

year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

 

$

7,719,827

 

$

4,851,278

 

$

554,977

 

$

471,652

 

$

1,841,920

 

Operating Leases

 

111,176

 

50,100

 

61,076

 

 

 

Purchase Obligations

 

63,930,000

 

22,572,500

 

41,357,500

 

 

 

Interest on Obligations

 

1,435,553

 

259,213

 

278,996

 

244,012

 

653,332

 

Total

 

$

73,196,556

 

$

27,733,091

 

$

42,252,549

 

$

715,664

 

$

2,495,252

 

 

Purchase obligations primarily relate to the JSP Distribution Agreement.  See note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the terms, conditions and financial impact of the JSP Distribution Agreement.

 

Prospects for the Future

 

Generic pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors are constantly faced by pricing pressure in the marketplace as competitors attempt to lure business from distributors, wholesalers and chain retailers by offering lower prices than the incumbent supplier.  Lannett tries to differentiate itself in the marketplace by complementing its lower cost offerings with higher levels of customer service and quality of the products.  But as Lannett enters Fiscal Year 2011, there in an increasing number of competitors on our key products that are attempting to supplant Lannett as the preferred vendor.  Lannett will continue to evaluate each event as it arises, but any reductions in either volumes or pricing will have a negative impact on the gross profit margins of the Company.

 

The Company has several generic products under development.  These products are all orally-administered, topical and parenteral products designed to be generic equivalents to brand named innovator drugs.  The Company’s developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications.  As one of the oldest generic drug manufacturers in the country, formed in 1942, Lannett currently owns several ANDAs for products which it does not manufacture and market.  These ANDAs are dormant on the Company’s records.  Occasionally, the Company reviews such ANDAs to determine if the market potential for any of these older

 

40



Table of Contents

 

drugs has recently changed, so as to make it attractive for Lannett to reconsider manufacturing and selling it.  If the Company makes the determination to introduce one of these products into the consumer marketplace, it must review the ANDA and related documentation to ensure that the approved product specifications, formulation and other factors meet current FDA requirements for the marketing of that drug.  The Company would then redevelop the product and submit it to the FDA for supplemental approval.  The FDA’s approval process for ANDA supplements is similar to that of a new ANDA.   Generally, in these situations, the Company must file a supplement to the FDA for the applicable ANDA, informing the FDA of any significant changes in the manufacturing process, the formulation, or the raw material supplier of the previously-approved ANDA.

 

The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, and/or clinical testing.  Depending on the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the cost of the raw material, the FDA-mandated requirement of bioequivalence studies, the cost of such studies and other developmental factors, the cost to develop a new generic product varies and can range from $100,000 to $1.7 million.  Some of Lannett’s developmental products will require bioequivalence studies, while others will not—depending on the FDA’s Orange Book classification.  Since the Company has no control over the FDA review process, management is unable to anticipate whether or when it will be able to begin producing and shipping additional products.

 

The Company views its April 2007 acquisition of Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs” or “Cody”) as an important step in becoming a vertically integrated narcotics manufacturer and distributor by allowing it to concentrate on developing and completing its dosage form manufacturing in order to reduce narcotic API costs. In July 2008, the DEA granted Cody Labs a license to directly import raw poppy straw for conversion into API and/or various pharmaceutical products.  Only six other companies in the U.S. have been granted this license to date.  This license allows the Company to avoid increased costs associated with buying narcotic API from other manufacturers.  The Company anticipates that it can use this license to become a vertically integrated manufacturer of narcotic products, as well as a supplier of API to the pharmaceutical industry.  The Company believes that the aging domestic population may result in a higher demand for pain management pharmaceutical products and that it will be well-positioned to take advantage of this increased demand.

 

Cody Labs’ manufacturing expertise in narcotic APIs will allow Lannett to build a market with limited domestic competition.  The Company anticipates that the demand for narcotics and controlled drugs will continue to grow with the “Baby Boomer” generation demographics and that it is well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities by concentrating additional resources in the narcotic area. The sale of pain management products approximated 12% of Net Sales for the third quarter of FY 2010 and 11% of Net Sales for the full year Fiscal 2010.  Additionally, the API and dosage form production of these products were performed at our Cody Labs operations and, due to the increased volumes of sales on these products, allowed Cody to be profitable during the Company’s third and fourth quarters of 2010.

 

In addition to the efforts of its internal product development group, Lannett has contracted with several outside firms for the formulation and development of several new generic drug products.  These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development cycle — formulation, analytical method development and testing and manufacturing scale-up.  These products are orally-administered solid dosage products, topical or parenterals intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications.  We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for all of these R&D products to our own commercial manufacturing sites.  The Company initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of its own internal R&D efforts.

 

Occasionally, the Company will work on developing a drug product that does not require FDA approval.  Certain prescription drugs do not require prior FDA approval before marketing.  They include, for instance, drugs listed as DESI drugs (Drug Efficacy Study implementation) which are under evaluation by FDA, Grandfathered Drugs, and prescription multivitamin drugs. A generic manufacturer may sell products which are chemically equivalent to innovator drugs, under FDA rules by simply performing and internally documenting the normal research and development involved in bringing a new product to market.  Under this scenario, a generic company can forego the time required for FDA approval.

 

More specifically, certain products, marketed prior to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act may be considered GRASE or Grandfathered.  GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from FDA in order to be marketed because they are generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature.”  Similarly, Grandfathered products are those which “entered the market before the passage of the 1938 act or the 1962 amendments to the act.”  Under the grandfather clause, such a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time, and (3) not covered by an effective application.” Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for these GRASE products.  Efforts have included granting market exclusivity to approved GRASE products and issuing notices to companies currently producing these products.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

The Company has entered supply and development agreements with certain international companies, including Wintac of India, Orion Pharma of Finland, Azad Pharma AG and Swiss Caps of Switzerland, Pharma 2B (formerly Pharmaseed) of Israel and the GC Group, as well as certain domestic companies, including Jerome Stevens, Banner Pharmacaps, Cerovene, Summit Bioscience LLC and Inverness.  The Company is currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other international companies, through which Lannett will market and distribute products manufactured by Lannett or by third parties.  Lannett intends to use its strong customer relationships to build its market share for such products, and increase future revenues and income.

 

The majority of the Company’s R&D projects are being developed in-house under Lannett’s direct supervision and with Company personnel.  Hence, the Company does not believe that its outside contracts for product development and manufacturing supply are material in nature, nor is the Company substantially dependent on the services rendered by such outside firms.

 

Lannett may increase its focus on certain specialty markets in the generic pharmaceutical industry.  Such a focus is intended to provide Lannett customers with increased product alternatives in categories with relatively few market participants.  While there is no guarantee that Lannett has the market expertise or financial resources necessary to succeed in such a market specialty, management is confident that such future focus will be well received by Lannett customers and increase shareholder value in the long run.

 

The Company plans to enhance relationships with strategic business partners, including providers of product development research, raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients as well as finished goods.  Management believes that mutually beneficial strategic relationships in such areas, including potential financing arrangements, partnerships, joint ventures or acquisitions, could allow for potential competitive advantages in the generic pharmaceutical market.  The Company plans to continue to explore such areas for potential opportunities to enhance shareholder value.

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm filed as a part of this Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index filed herewith.

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended for financial reporting as of June 30, 2010. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported as specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There were no changes in these controls or procedures identified in connection with the evaluation of such controls or procedures that occurred during our last fiscal quarter, or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect these controls or procedures.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other things, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act  as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer and effected by the board of directors and management to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·                              Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

·                              Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors;

 

·                              Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2010.  In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

 

Based on our assessment, our management believes that, as of June 30, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Registered Public Accounting Firm Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to an exemption for smaller reporting companies under Section 989G of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.                                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below:

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Farber

 

78

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald A. West

 

76

 

Vice Chairman of the Board, Director

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

64

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber

 

49

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Sinclair Ph.D.

 

63

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Albert I. Wertheimer, Ph.D.

 

67

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Myron Winkelman

 

72

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

64

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck

 

49

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Kovary

 

53

 

Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

William F. Schreck

 

61

 

Senior Vice President and General Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin R. Smith

 

50

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

Ernest J. Sabo

 

62

 

Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer

 

William Farber was elected as Chairman of the Board of Directors in August 1991.  From April 1993 to the end of 1993, Mr. Farber was the President and a director of Auburn Pharmaceutical Company.  From 1990 through March 1993, Mr. Farber served as Director of Purchasing for Major Pharmaceutical Corporation.  From 1965 through 1990, Mr. Farber was the Chief Executive Officer of Michigan Pharmacal Corporation.  Mr. Farber was previously a registered pharmacist in the State of Michigan for more than 40 years until his retirement from active employment in the pharmaceutical industry.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, to his long and very successful career in generic drug distribution, having built and managed one of the Country’s leading generic distribution companies. His skills include cost controls and material handling.

 

Ronald A. West was elected a Director of the Company in January 2002.  In September 2004, Mr. West was elected Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Mr. West is currently a Director of Beecher Associates, an industrial real estate investment company.  Prior to this, from 1983 to 1987, Mr. West, member of the audit committee at Lannett, served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dura Corporation, an original equipment manufacturer of automotive products and other engineered equipment components.  In 1987, Mr. West sold his ownership position in Dura Corporation, at which time he retired from active management positions.  Mr. West was employed at Dura Corporation since 1969.  Prior to this, he served in various financial management positions with TRW, Inc., Marlin Rockwell Corporation and National Machine Products Group, a division of Standard Pressed Steel Company.  Mr. West studied Business Administration at Michigan State University and the University of Detroit.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. West is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, because of his long and successful career in the manufacturing sector, both as a senior executive and as a financial manager. In addition to his financial analytic skills, he is a natural leader with solid experience in corporate governance.

 

Jeffrey Farber was elected a Director of the Company in May 2006.  Jeffrey Farber joined the Company in August 2003 as Secretary. For the past 14 years, Mr. Farber has been President and the owner of Auburn Pharmaceutical (“Auburn”), a national generic pharmaceutical distributor. Prior to starting Auburn, Mr. Farber served in various positions at Major Pharmaceutical (“Major”), where he was employed for over 15 years. At Major, Mr. Farber was involved in sales, purchasing and eventually served as President of the mid-west division. Mr. Farber also spent time working at Major’s manufacturing division — Vitarine Pharmaceuticals — where he served on its Board of Directors.  Mr. Farber graduated from Western Michigan University with a Bachelors of Science Degree in Business Administration and participated in the Pharmacy Management Graduate Program at Long Island University. Mr. Farber is the son of William Farber, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the principal shareholder of the Company.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part, to his significant experience in the generic drug industry and his ongoing role as the owner of a highly regarded and successful generic drug distributor. His skills include a thorough knowledge of the generic drug marketplace and drug supply chain management.

 

Kenneth Sinclair, Ph.D., was elected a Director of the Company in September 2005. Dr. Sinclair is currently Professor of Accounting and Senior Advisor to the College of Business and Economics Dean at Lehigh University, where he began his academic career in 1972. Dr. Sinclair had served as Chair of Lehigh’s Accounting Department from 1988 to 1994 and 1998 to 2007.  He has taught a variety of accounting courses, including financial and managerial accounting at both the undergraduate and graduate level.  He has been recognized for his teaching innovation, held leadership positions with professional accounting organizations and served on numerous academic and advisory committees. He has received a number of awards and honors for teaching and service, and has researched and written on a myriad of subjects related to accounting. He has also been heavily involved with strategic planning at both the College and Department level at Lehigh.  Dr. Sinclair earned a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting, a Master of Science degree in Accounting and a Doctorate Degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from the University of Massachusetts.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Dr. Sinclair is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to his long and distinguished career as an Accounting Academic and his deep understanding of accounting and financial reporting.  His skills also include organizational planning and interpersonal relations.

 

Albert I. Wertheimer, Ph.D., was elected a Director of the Company in September 2004.  Dr. Wertheimer has a long and distinguished career in various aspects of pharmacy, health care, education and pharmaceutical research.  Since 2000, Dr. Wertheimer has been a professor at the School of Pharmacy at Temple University, and director of its Center for Pharmaceutical Health Services Research.  From 1997 to 2000, Dr. Wertheimer was Director of Outcomes Research and Management at Merck & Co., Inc.  In addition to his academic responsibilities, he is the author of 28 books and more than 380 journal articles.  Dr. Wertheimer also provides consulting services to institutions in the pharmaceutical industry.  Dr. Wertheimer’s academic experience includes professorships and other faculty and administrative positions at several educational institutions, including the Medical College of Virginia, St. Joseph’s University, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science and the University of Minnesota.  Dr. Wertheimer’s previous professional experience includes pharmacy services in commercial and non-profit environments.  Professor Wertheimer is a licensed pharmacist in five states, and is a member of several health associations, including the American Pharmacists Association and the American Public Health Association.  Dr. Wertheimer is the editor of the Journal of Pharmaceutical Health Services Research; and he has been on the editorial board of the Journal of Managed Pharmaceutical Care, Medical Care, and other healthcare journals.  Dr. Wertheimer has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Pharmacy from the University of Buffalo, a Master of Business Administration from the State University of New York at Buffalo, a Doctorate from Purdue University and a Post Doctoral Fellowship from the University of London, St. Thomas’ Medical School.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Dr. Wertheimer is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to his deep understanding of all aspects of pharmacy practice, including retail and manufacturing.  His skills include business planning and a sound knowledge of drug regulation and distribution.

 

Myron Winkelman, R.Ph., was elected a Director of the Company in June 2003.  Mr. Winkelman has significant career experience in various aspects of pharmacy and health care.  He is currently President of Winkelman Management Consulting (“WMC”), which provides consulting services to both commercial and governmental clients.  He has served in this position since 1994.  Mr. Winkelman has recently managed multi-state drug purchasing initiatives for both Medicaid and state entities.  Prior to creating WMC, he was a senior executive with ValueRx, a large pharmacy benefits manager, and served for many years as a senior executive for the Revco, Rite Aid and Perry Drug chains. While at ValueRx, Mr. Winkelman served on the Board of Directors of the Pharmaceutical Care Management Association.  He belongs to a number of pharmacy organizations, including the Academy of Managed Care Pharmacy

 

45



Table of Contents

 

and the Michigan Pharmacy Association. Mr. Winkelman is a registered pharmacist and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Pharmacy from Wayne State University.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Winkelman is qualified and should continue to serve, due, in part to his experiences with and knowledge of Pharmacy Benefit Administration and Mail Order Pharmacy.  His skills include a deep understanding of government pharmacy benefits and the drug supply chain.

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian, J.D. was promoted to President of the Company in May 2002 and CEO in January of 2006.  Prior to this, he served as the Company’s Vice President of Business Development from January 2002 to April 2002.  Mr. Bedrosian was elected as a Director in February 2000 and served to January 2002.  Mr. Bedrosian was re-elected a Director in January 2006.  Mr. Bedrosian has operated generic drug manufacturing, sales, and marketing businesses in the healthcare industry for many years.  Prior to joining the Company, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Bedrosian served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Trinity Laboratories, Inc., a medical device and drug manufacturer.  Mr. Bedrosian also operated Pharmaceutical Ventures Ltd, a healthcare consultancy, Pharmeral, Inc. a drug representation company selling generic drugs and Interal Corporation, a computer consultancy to Fortune 100 companies.  Mr. Bedrosian holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Political Science from Queens College of the City University of New York and a Juris Doctorate from Newport University in California.

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee concluded that Mr. Bedrosian is qualified to serve as a director, in part, because his experience as our President and Chief Executive Officer has been instrumental in the company’s growth and provides the board with a compelling understanding of our operations, challenges and opportunities. In addition, his 42-year background in the generic pharmaceutical industry that encompasses a broad background and knowledge in the underlying scientific, sales, marketing and supply chain management brings special expertise to the board in developing our business strategies. His recent qualification to FINRA’s list of arbitrators recognizes his expertise and experience.

 

Keith R. Ruck joined the Company in September 2008 as Corporate Controller.  On March 23, 2009, the Company named Mr. Ruck Interim Chief Financial Officer.  Effective October 13, 2009, Mr. Ruck was appointed and assumed the duties as the Company’s Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. Ruck, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), has more than 27 years of public company financial management experience. Prior to joining Lannett, he served as Corporate Controller of Optium Corporation from April 2007 to September 2008.  From 2000 to 2007, he was Vice President - Finance of MAAX KSD Corporation and from 1998 to 2000, he served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Total Containment, Inc. Mr. Ruck earned a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration and a Master of Finance degree from LaSalle University.

 

Stephen J. Kovary R. Ph. joined the Company in September 2009 as Vice President of Operations.  Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Kovary was the Vice President, Plant Manager for PF Laboratories, a division of Purdue Pharma, LP, since 2003.  Formerly, Mr. Kovary held senior level management positions at Pliva, Inc, Abbott Laboratories, Knoll Pharmaceuticals and Parke-Davis.  Mr. Kovary holds a Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy from the Rutgers University Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy and a Masters in Business Administration in Management from Fairleigh Dickenson University.  Mr. Kovary is a member of the American and New Jersey Pharmaceutical Associations, the International Society of Pharmaceutical Engineers and the Parenteral Drug Association.  Mr. Kovary is a registered pharmacist in the State of New Jersey and a member of the Alumni Association of the Rutgers University Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy.

 

Ernest J. Sabo joined Lannett in March 2005 as Director of Quality Assurance. In May 2008, Mr. Sabo was promoted to Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer. Prior to this, he served at Wyeth Pharmaceuticals as Manager of QA Compliance from 2001 to 2003 and as Associate Director of QA Compliance from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Sabo held former positions as Director of Validation, Quality Assurance, Quality Control and R&D at Delavau/Accucorp, Inc. from 1993 thru 2001. He has over 30 years experience in the pharmaceutical industry, his background spans from Quality Assurance, Quality Control, Cleaning/Process Validation and Manufacturing turn-key operations. Mr. Sabo holds a Bachelor of Arts in Biology from Trenton State College (now known as The College of New Jersey).

 

William F. Schreck joined the Company in January 2003 as Materials Manager.  In May 2004, he was promoted to Vice President of Logistics. In August 2009, Mr. Schreck has been promoted to Senior Vice President and General Manager.   Prior to this, from 1999 to 2001, he served as Vice President of Operations at Nature’s Products, Inc., an international nutritional and over-the-counter drug product manufacturing and distribution company; from 2001 to 2002 he served as an independent consultant for various companies.  Mr. Schreck’s prior experience also includes executive management positions at Ivax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a division of Ivax Corporation, Zenith-Goldline Laboratories and Rugby-Darby Group Companies, Inc.  Mr. Schreck has a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Hofstra University.

 

Kevin R. Smith joined the Company in January 2002 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing.  Prior to this, from 2000 to 2001, he served as Director of National Accounts for Bi-Coastal Pharmaceutical, Inc., a pharmaceutical sales representation company.  Prior to

 

46



Table of Contents

 

this, from 1999 to 2000, he served as National Accounts Manager for Mova Laboratories Inc., a pharmaceutical manufacturer.  Prior to this, from 1991 to 1999, Mr. Smith served as National Sales Manager at Sidmak Laboratories, a pharmaceutical manufacturer.  Mr. Smith has extensive experience in the generic sales market, and brings to the Company a vast network of customers, including retail chain pharmacies, wholesale distributors, mail-order wholesalers and generic distributors.  Mr. Smith has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration from Gettysburg College.

 

To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments or injunctions that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, executive officer, or significant employee during the past five years.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s directors, officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.  Officers, directors and greater-than-10% stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

Based solely on review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company or written representations that no other reports were required, the Company believes that during Fiscal 2010, all filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and greater-than-10% beneficial owners  under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act were complied with, except for certain Form 4s that were filed late related to certain stock option and restricted share grants made to the officers of Lannett in the current and prior years, and except for certain Form 4s related to Mr. William Farber’s gifting of approximately 528,000 shares in October 2009 to a family trust whose beneficiaries are his grandchildren that were filed late.

 

Code of Ethics and Financial Expert

 

The Company has adopted the Code of Professional Conduct (the “code of ethics”), a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller, and other finance organization employees.  The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.lannett.com.  If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the finance code of ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or Controller, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K.

 

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Sinclair, current director of Lannett as well as current Professor of Accounting and Senior Advisor to the College of Business and Economics Dean at Lehigh University, where he began his academic career in 1972, is the audit committee financial expert as defined in section 3(a)(58) of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the Commission.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 11.             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table summarizes all compensation paid to or earned by the named executive officers of the Company for Fiscal 2010, Fiscal 2009 and Fiscal 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-equity

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal

 

Fiscal

 

 

 

Stock

 

Options

 

incentive plan

 

All Other

 

 

 

Position

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Awards

 

Awards

 

compensation

 

Compensation

 

Total

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(i)

 

(j)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

2010

 

$

407,410

 

$

359,384

 

$

297,390

 

$

269,750

 

$

22,367

 

$

1,356,301

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2009

 

367,202

 

 

42,381

 

244,365

 

43,796

 

697,744

 

 

 

2008

 

324,825

 

122,234

 

158,303

 

 

22,099

 

627,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck (1)

 

2010

 

189,293

 

89,550

 

243,090

 

123,500

 

11,257

 

656,690

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

2009

 

128,854

 

 

22,163

 

60,617

 

1,234

 

212,868

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Kovary (2)

 

2010

 

156,923

 

 

97,248

 

105,069

 

22,548

 

381,788

 

Vice President of Operations

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

2010

 

196,681

 

177,791

 

302,729

 

130,000

 

28,159

 

835,360

 

Senior Vice President and General

 

2009

 

180,722

 

 

22,603

 

118,947

 

18,341

 

340,613

 

Manager

 

2008

 

170,670

 

68,022

 

105,535

 

 

18,044

 

362,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

2010

 

206,564

 

179,455

 

198,260

 

135,019

 

21,985

 

741,283

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

2009

 

200,180

 

 

22,603

 

130,825

 

21,502

 

375,110

 

 

 

2008

 

192,005

 

61,490

 

105,535

 

 

21,495

 

380,525

 

 


(1)  Mr. Ruck was hired on September 8, 2008 as Corporate Controller.  Mr. Ruck assumed the title of Interim Chief Financial Officer on March 23, 2009. Effective October 13, 2009, Mr. Ruck was appointed and assumed the duties as the Company’s Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer.

 

(2)  Mr. Kovary was hired on September 8, 2009 as Vice President of Operations.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

(i)                                    Supplemental All Other Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes the components of column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table:

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Match

 

 

 

Pay in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal

 

Fiscal

 

Contributions

 

Auto

 

Lieu of

 

Housing

 

Excess Life

 

Sign On

 

 

 

Position

 

Year

 

401(k) Plan

 

Allowance

 

Vacation

 

Allowance

 

Insurances

 

Bonus

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

2010

 

$

8,219

 

$

13,500

 

$

 

$

 

$

648

 

$

 

$

22,367

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2009

 

8,823

 

13,500

 

20,993

 

 

480

 

 

43,796

 

 

 

2008

 

8,195

 

13,500

 

 

 

404

 

 

22,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck

 

2010

 

2,499

 

8,668

 

 

 

90

 

 

11,257

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

2009

 

1,182

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

1,234

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Kovary

 

2010

 

4,000

 

8,474

 

 

 

74

 

10,000

 

22,548

 

Vice President of Operations

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

2010

 

7,918

 

10,800

 

9,030

 

 

411

 

 

28,159

 

Senior Vice President and

 

2009

 

7,114

 

10,800

 

 

 

427

 

 

18,341

 

General Manager

 

2008

 

6,872

 

10,800

 

 

 

372

 

 

18,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

2010

 

8,371

 

13,500

 

 

 

114

 

 

21,985

 

Vice President of Sales and

 

2009

 

7,905

 

13,500

 

 

 

97

 

 

21,502

 

Marketing

 

2008

 

7,889

 

13,500

 

 

 

106

 

 

21,495

 

 

Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises and Fiscal Year-end Options/SAR Values

 

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards

 

All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of

 

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Threshold
($)

 

Target
($)

 

Maximum
($)

 

Threshold
($)

 

Target
($)

 

Maximum
($)

 

Stocks or
Units (#)

 

Underlying
Options (#)

 

Awards
($/sh)

 

Options
Awards

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(h)

 

(i)

 

(j)

 

(k)

 

(i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

$

6.94

 

$

297,390

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

208,200

 

 

 

11/10/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,259

 

 

 

 

 

$

151,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck

 

10/13/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

$

7.98

 

$

183,612

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

$

6.94

 

$

59,478

 

 

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

69,400

 

 

 

11/10/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Kovary

 

9/14/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

$

8.48

 

$

97,248

 

Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

10/27/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

$

7.53

 

$

64,817

 

Senior Vice President and General Manager

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

$

6.94

 

$

237,912

 

 

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

104,100

 

 

 

11/10/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

$

6.94

 

$

198,260

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

10/29/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

104,100

 

 

 

11/10/2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,593

 

 

 

 

 

$

75,355

 

 

49



Table of Contents

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT JUNE 30, 2010

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexericised 
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying
Unexericised 
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity 
Incentive Plan
Awards: 
Number of
Securities 
Underlying
Unexericised 
Unearned 
Options (#)

 

Option 
Exercise 
Price ($)

 

Option 
Expiration 
Date

 

Number of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested (#)

 

Market 
Value of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested ($)

 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That Have 
Not Vested 
(#)

 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Market or 
Payout 
Value of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That Have 
Not Vested 
($)

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(h)

 

(i)

 

(j)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

18,000

 

 

 

$

4.63

 

7/23/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

96,900

 

 

 

$

 7.97

 

10/28/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,000

 

 

 

$

 17.36

 

10/24/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

 16.04

 

5/11/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

$

 8.00

 

1/18/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

  6.89

 

11/28/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

25,000

 

 

$

  4.03

 

9/18/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

20,000

 

 

$

  2.80

 

9/18/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

$

 6.94

 

10/29/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,534

 

$

162,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck

 

5,000

 

10,000

 

 

$

 2.79

 

10/17/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

40,000

 

 

$

 7.98

 

10/13/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

$

 6.94

 

10/29/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,000

 

$

 45,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen J. Kovary

 

 

20,000

 

 

$

 8.48

 

9/14/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck

 

17,745

 

 

 

$

 11.27

 

2/18/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President and General Manager

 

12,000

 

 

 

$

 5.18

 

10/25/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

$

 6.89

 

11/28/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,333

 

16,667

 

 

$

 4.03

 

9/17/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,333

 

10,667

 

 

$

 2.80

 

9/18/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

$

 7.53

 

10/27/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

 6.94

 

10/29/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,100

 

$

82,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith

 

38,760

 

 

 

$

 7.97

 

10/28/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

13,000

 

 

 

$

 17.36

 

10/24/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

 16.04

 

5/11/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

$

 5.18

 

10/25/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

$

 6.89

 

11/28/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,333

 

16,667

 

 

$

 4.03

 

9/18/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,333

 

10,667

 

 

$

 2.80

 

9/18/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

$

 6.94

 

10/29/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,100

 

$

82,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

The options above were granted ten years prior to the option expiration date and vest over three years from that grant date.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer, Keith R. Ruck, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Kevin Smith, Vice President of Sales and Marketing, William Schreck, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Ernest Sabo, Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer and Stephen Kovary, Vice President of Operations.  Each of the agreements provide for an annual base salary and eligibility to receive a bonus.  The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the Board of Directors.  Additionally, these executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards, which are granted at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding stock option and restricted stock grants.  Under the agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability.  In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay severance compensation to these executives of between 18 months and three years.

 

During the third quarter of Fiscal Year 2009, the Company’s former Vice President of Finance, Treasurer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer resigned.  As part of his separation agreement, the Company was obligated to pay to him approximately $670,000 to settle any outstanding obligations from his employment agreement, including any salary, bonus, vacation, stock options and medical benefits.  Of this amount, $300,440 was paid in Fiscal 2009 with $165,000 designated for the payment of pro rated bonus, and $11,440 was designated for the payment of accrued but unused paid time off.  As part of the settlement, $124,000 was designated as the portion of the settlement related to the repurchase of his outstanding stock options. The Company therefore charged this amount to Additional Paid in Capital, as it represents the fair value of the options repurchased on the repurchase date.  Additional payments totaling $369,000 for severance and benefits will be paid in Fiscal 2011 pursuant to the separation agreement.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

 

 

Fees
Earned

 

Stock
Awards

 

Options
Awards

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

 

Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

 

Name

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

(e)

 

(f)

 

(g)

 

(h)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Farber

 

$

46,000

 

$

48,375

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

94,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald A. West

 

70,500

 

48,375

 

 

 

 

 

118,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber

 

49,000

 

48,375

 

 

 

 

 

97,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Sinclair

 

66,000

 

48,375

 

 

 

 

 

114,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Albert Wertheimer

 

70,500

 

48,375

 

 

 

 

 

118,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Myron Winkelman

 

64,000

 

48,375

 

 

 

 

 

112,375

 

 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Overview of Our Compensation Program

 

A fundamental goal of our compensation program is to maximize stockholder value. In order to accomplish this goal, we must attract and retain talented and capable executives, and we must provide those executives with incentives that motivate and reward them for achieving Lannett’s short and longer-term goals. To this end, our executive compensation is guided by the following key principles:

 

·      that executive compensation should depend upon group and individual performance factors;

 

·      that the interests of executives should be closely aligned with those of stockholders through equity-based compensation; and

 

51



Table of Contents

 

·      that compensation should be appropriate and fair in comparison to the compensation provided to similarly situated executives within the pharmaceutical industry and within other publicly-traded companies similar in market capitalization to Lannett.

 

Important to our compensation program are the decisions of, and guidance from, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee (which we refer to, for purposes of this analysis, as “the Committee”) is composed entirely of directors who are independent of Lannett under the independence standards established by the NYSE-AMEX Exchange, the securities exchange where our common stock is traded. The Committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board. If you would like to review the Committee’s charter, it is available to any stockholder who requests a copy from our Chief Financial Officer, at 13200 Townsend Road, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19154.

 

The Committee has the authority and responsibility to establish and periodically review our executive compensation principles, described above. Importantly, the Committee also has sole responsibility for approving the corporate goals and objectives upon which the compensation of the chief executive officer (the “CEO”) is based, for evaluating the CEO’s performance in light of these goals and objectives, and for determining the CEO’s compensation, including his equity-based compensation.

 

The Committee also reviews and approves the recommendations of the CEO with regard to the compensation and benefits of other executive officers. In accomplishing this responsibility, the Committee meets regularly with the CEO, approves cash and equity incentive objectives of the executive officers, reviews with the CEO the accomplishment of these objectives and approves the base salary and other elements of compensation for the executive officers. The Committee has full discretion to modify the recommendations of the CEO in the course of its approval of executive officer compensation.

 

The Committee consults as needed with an outside compensation consulting firm retained by the Committee. As it makes decisions about executive compensation, the Committee obtains data from its consultant regarding current compensation practices and trends among United States companies in general and pharmaceutical companies in particular, and reviews this information with its consultant. In addition, the Chairman of the Committee is in contact with management outside of Committee meetings regarding matters being considered or expected to be considered by the Committee.  The Committee annually reviews recommendations from their outside consultant, and makes recommendations to the Board about the compensation of non-employee directors.  During fiscal years 2008 and 2009, Lannett used Mercer Consulting Inc. as its consultant.  During fiscal year 2010, Lannett used Compensation Resources Inc. as its consultant.

 

During Fiscal 2007, the Committee recommended the adoption of a new Incentive Plan to supplement our existing stock option plans.  The Incentive Plan was approved by our stockholders in January 2007. The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of various equity awards, including stock options and restricted stock, to Lannett employees and directors. The Committee is responsible for administering this Plan and it has sole authority to make grants to the CEO or any other executive officer.

 

In conjunction with its responsibilities related to executive compensation, the Committee also oversees the management development process, reviews plans for executive officer succession and performs various other functions.

 

The individuals who served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during Fiscal 2010, as well as the other individuals included in the Summary Compensation Table on page 48, are referred to as the “named executive officers.”

 

Risk Assessment

 

The criteria used for the bonus program of operating performance, research and development inclusive of ANDA/NDA submissions, acceptances of ANDA/NDAs, launches of approved ANDA/NDAs, individual performance goals, along with the weighting of each element, were assembled by the Company for our industry and were found to be reasonable for the nature of our business. The Compensation Committee reviews this criteria and a gives final approval to the senior management.  It is then presented to the Board of Directors for final approval.

 

Operating performance ties in directly with shareholder value. There is no bonus opportunity for management if they do not create value, so management interests and shareholder value are aligned. The risk of diluting the Company’s operating cash positions through the awarding of excessive bonus awards is controlled by the imposition of a bonus cash award limit equal to 20% of adjusted operating income as calculated from its fiscal year-end financial statements.

 

The R&D component of the criteria looks to the sustainability and growth of the organization. While it could be argued that there is risk associated with the choice of which products to submit for approval, there is no indication that those risks would be outside what would be considered normal and reasonable in the course of doing business. The ultimate goal is to be able to sell a product that positively impacts operating performance, which cannot occur unless the process of submission, approval, and launch is followed. If submissions do not make it to the approval stage, and if the approved products are not successfully launched, they cannot positively

 

52



Table of Contents

 

affect operating performance. Since there is a minimum operating performance (operating profit) level that must be attained before any payments are made through the bonus plan, there is a check and balance to prevent what could be viewed as a portfolio of “risky” submittals. The impact on operating performance is created over a period of time based on the total sales, so there needs to be sustainability with any new launch.

 

The achievement of individual goals as part of the bonus is subject to review and approval by senior management with the CEO being the final review and approval. This multi-level process reduces the risk of having goals that are not linked to the overall objectives of the Company and its success. The awarding of a CEO discretionary portion, currently at 5% of the total of the bonus, also requires the same oversight. The total impact on bonus payout of these parts of the bonus program is significantly less than the operating performance and R&D parts. Again, there is no bonus payout unless the operating performance (operating profit) minimum goals are attained.

 

We believe our bonus program, along with the other elements of our executive compensation program, provides appropriate rewards and incentives to our executives to achieve our financial, business, and strategic goals. We also believe the structure and oversight of these programs provides a setting that does not encourage them to take excessive risks in their business decisions.

 

Our Fiscal 2010 Compensation Program

 

In Fiscal 2010, the Committee’s approach to compensation was intended to focus our executives on accomplishing our short and longer-term objectives, and it had as its ultimate objective sustained growth in stockholder value. This approach was intended to compensate executives at levels at or near the median levels of compensation offered by other pharmaceutical companies similar in size to Lannett and with whom we compete.

 

In making decisions about the elements of Fiscal 2010 compensation, the Committee not only considered available market information about each element but also considered aggregate compensation for each executive. Base salary provided core compensation to executives, but it was accompanied by:

 

·      the potential for incentive-based cash compensation based upon our attainment of Fiscal 2010 operating income, other targeted corporate goals and individual or departmental objectives,

 

·      various forms of equity compensation, including some grants based upon Fiscal 2010 sales growth results and upon our return on invested capital results,

 

·      various benefits and perquisites, and

 

·      the potential for post-termination compensation under certain circumstances.

 

Summary of Fiscal 2010 Compensation Elements

 

The table below provides detailed information regarding each element of the Fiscal 2010 compensation program.

 

 

 

Compensation Element Overview

 

Purpose of the Compensation Element

 

 

 

 

 

Base Salary

 

Base salary pays for competence in the executive role. An executive’s salary level depends on the decision making responsibilities, experience, work performance, achievement of key goals and team building skills of each position, and the relationship to amounts paid to other executives at peer companies.

 

To provide competitive fixed compensation based on sustained performance in the executive’s role and competitive market practice.

 

 

 

 

 

Short-Term Incentives

 

Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (AIBP) The AIBP program rewards with cash awards for annual achievement of overall corporate objectives, and specific individual or departmental operational objectives.  In Fiscal 2010, objectives for the Officers were tied to Lannett’s achievement of operating income targets, other targeted corporate goals and individual objectives.

 

To motivate and focus our executive team on the achievement of our annual performance goals.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Compensation Element Overview

 

Purpose of the Compensation
Element

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Incentives

 

Stock Options

Stock options reward sustained stock price appreciation and encourage executive retention during a three-year vesting term and a ten-year option life.

 

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock rewards sustained stock price appreciation and encourages executive retention during its three-year vesting term.

 

The value of participants’ restricted stock increases and decreases according to Lannett’s stock price performance during the vesting period and thereafter.

 

We strive to deliver a balanced long-term incentive portfolio to executives, focusing on (a) share price appreciation, (b) retention, and (c) internal financial objectives.

 

The primary objectives of the overall design are: to align management interests with those of stockholders,

 

to increase management’s potential for stock ownership opportunities (all awards are earned in shares),

 

to attract and retain excellent management talent, and

 

to reward growth of the business, increased profitability, and sustained stockholder value.

 

 

 

Compensation Element Overview

 

Purpose of the Compensation 
Element

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits

 

In General

Executives participate in employee benefit plans available to all employees of Lannett, including health, life insurance and disability plans. The cost of these benefits is partially borne by the employee, but mostly paid by the Company.

 

These benefits are designed to attract and retain employees and provide security for their health and welfare needs. We believe that these benefits are reasonable, competitive and consistent with Lannett’s overall executive compensation program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

401(k) Plan

Executives may participate in Lannett’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, which is available to all employees. Lannett matches contributions to the Plan, at a rate of $.50 on the dollar up to 8% of base salary.

 

Life Insurance

Lannett provides life insurance benefits to all employees. The coverage amount for executives is one times base compensation up to a limit of $115,000 and premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income to the executive.

 

Disability Insurance

Lannett provides short-term and long-term disability insurance to employees which would, in the event of disability, pay an employee 60% of his or her base salary with limits.

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation Element Overview

 

Purpose of the Compensation 
Element

 

 

 

 

 

Perquisites

 

Lannett does not utilize perquisites or personal benefits extensively. The few perquisites that are provided complement other compensation vehicles and enable the Company to attract and retain key executives. These perquisites include: automobile allowances in various amounts to key executives.

 

We believe these benefits better allow us to attract and retain superior employees for key positions.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Compensation Element Overview

 

Purpose of the Compensation 
Element

 

 

 

 

 

Post-Termination Pay

 

Severance Plan

Lannett’s Severance Pay Plan is designed to pay severance benefits to an executive for a qualifying separation. For the Chief Executive Officer, the Severance Pay Plan provides for a payment of three times the sum of base salary plus a pro rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved.

 

The Severance Pay Plan is intended (1) to allow executives to concentrate on making decisions in the best interests of Lannett (or any successor organization in the event that a change of control is to occur), and (2) generally alleviate an executive’s concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the other named executive officers, the Severance Pay Plan provides for a payment of eighteen months of base salary plus a pro rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved.

 

 

 

The use of the above compensation tools enables Lannett to reinforce its pay for performance philosophy as well as to strengthen its ability to attract and retain high-performing executive officers. The Committee believes that this combination of programs provides an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, balances short-term operational performance with long-term stockholder value creation, and encourages executive recruitment and retention in a high-performance culture.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Market Data and Our Peer Group

 

In determining 2009 and 2010 compensation for the named executive officers, the Committee relied on market data provided by its consultants. This information was principally related to two groups of peer companies similar in size to Lannett with revenues one-half (1/2) to double (2x) that of Lannett. Companies were also added that were deemed business peers. One peer group (Peer Group A) consists of twenty-nine (29) pharmaceutical companies on a national scale. The other peer group (Peer Group B) consists of twelve (12) pharmaceutical companies in the Philadelphia and Northeast Region. Information on these companies was derived from two sources: (1) the consultant and broader market survey data analysis, and (2) publicly-available information appearing in the proxy statements of these companies. The members of the Peer Groups were:

 

Peer Group A

 

Peer Group B

 

 

 

Akorn Inc.

 

Auxilium Pharma Inc

Balchem Corp.

 

BMP Sunstone Corp

Barr Pharmaceuticals Inc

 

Cambrex Corp

Bentley Pharmaceuticals

 

Emergent Biosolutions Inc.

Biomarin Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

Enzon Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Bradley Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

Hi Tech Pharmacal Co. Inc.

Caraco Pharmaceutical Labs

 

Interpharm Holdings Inc.

Chattem Inc

 

NPS Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Cubist Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

Orasure Technologies Inc.

Impax Laboratories Inc.

 

Osi Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Indevus Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

Par Pharmaceutical Cos. Inc.

Inspire Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

Sucampo Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Intermune Inc.

 

 

Ista Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

Kensey Nash Corp.

 

 

Mattrix Initiatives Inc.

 

 

Medicines Co.

 

 

Nektar Therapeutics

 

 

Neogen Corp.

 

 

Noven Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

Obagi Medical

 

 

Pain Therapeutics Inc.

 

 

Pozen Inc.

 

 

Questcor Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

Salix Pharmaceuticals Ltd.

 

 

Santarus Inc.

 

 

Valeant Pharmaceuticals Intl.

 

 

Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

Vivus Inc.

 

 

 

The Committee plans to evaluate the Peer Group periodically and revise it as necessary to ensure that it continues to be appropriate for benchmarking our executive compensation program.

 

Base Salary

 

Base salaries for the named executive officers are intended, in general, to approach median salaries for similarly situated executives among Peer Group companies. A number of additional factors are considered, however, in determining base salary, such as the executive’s individual performance, his or her experience, competencies, skills, abilities, contribution and tenure, internal compensation consistency, the need to attract new, talented executives, and the Company’s overall annual budget. Base salaries are generally reviewed on an annual basis.

 

Base salary increases were granted to Mr. Bedrosian for $34,490 effective on August 31, 2009, Mr. Smith for $6,050 effective on August 31, 2009, and Mr. Schreck for $17,289 effective on August 31, 2009, based on their performance.  Mr. Ruck was promoted to Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer from Corporate Controller effective on October 13, 2009 and received a salary increase of $40,000 in connection with such promotion.  Mr. Kovary was hired on September 8, 2009 as Vice President of Operations and therefore did not receive a salary increase.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Fiscal 2010 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan

 

Design

 

In November 2006, the Committee approved the 2007 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (or “AIBP”) program. This program allowed executive officers the opportunity to earn cash awards upon the accomplishment of the Fiscal 2010 operating income goal, other targeted corporate goals and a number of individual objectives. The relative weighting of these objectives for each executive was fifty percent (50%) for operating income, twenty-five percent (25%) for other targeted corporate goals, twenty percent (20%) for individual objectives and five percent (5%) based on CEO and Committee discretion.  For the CEO, the five percent (5%) discretionary portion will be determined by the Committee.

 

Based on market data provided by its consultant, and considering the relatively low base salaries of the named executive officers, the Committee formulated potential AIBP awards which exceeded the 50th percentile among Peer Group companies, expressed as percentages of base salary. Actual payouts depended upon the degree to which objectives were accomplished as well as the weight accorded to each objective, as described above. The table below shows the potential payout amounts for each of the named executive officers, expressed as percentages of base salary.

 

Performance
Level

 

Arthur
Bedrosian

 

Keith
Ruck

 

Stephen
Kovary

 

William
Schreck

 

Kevin
Smith

Superior Level

 

120-150%

 

120-150%

 

120-150%

 

120-150%

 

120-150%

Goal Level

 

100-120%

 

100-120%

 

100-120%

 

100-120%

 

100-120%

Threshold Level

 

50-100%

 

50-100%

 

50-100%

 

50-100%

 

50-100%

 

The Committee also determined that, if results for any objectives were between the minimum and maximum of the ranges, the Committee would determine appropriate payout percentage.

 

As discussed above, each named executive officer’s objectives for Fiscal 2010 included Company operating income targets and other targeted corporate goals. The Committee reviewed and approved these targets following discussions with management, a review of our historical results, consideration of the various circumstances facing the Company during Fiscal 2010 and taking into account the expectations of our annual plan. The Fiscal 2010 operating income and other corporate goals AIBP targets approved by the Committee are detailed in the table below.

 

Objective

 

Superior

 

Goal

 

Target

 

Operating Profit*

 

$

17.5

M

$

13.5

M

$

9.45

M

R&D Submissions

 

10

 

8

 

6

 

R&D Acceptances

 

9

 

7

 

5

 

R&D Launches

 

8

 

6

 

4

 

 


*                 Operating Profit is defined as Operating Income plus adding back Bonus Expense.  For purposes of determining achievement of the AIBP targets, these measures can exclude certain categories of non-recurring items that the Committee believes do not reflect the performance of Lannett’s core continuing operations. There were no adjustments made in Fiscal 2010 for non-recurring items.

 

All payouts to the named executive officers under the 2010 AIBP were contingent upon the Committee’s review and certification of the degree to which Lannett achieved the 2010 AIBP objectives, and upon the Committee’s certification of the degree to which individual objectives had been achieved. The program provided that payout for any objective would be limited to 20% of the actual operating income (as defined by the AIBP) attained by Lannett.

 

The 2010 AIBP program provided that the Committee could, in its discretion: modify, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.

 

Results

 

In September 2010, the Committee reviewed and certified Lannett’s Fiscal 2010 results for purposes of the AIBP program, determining that the objectives for operating income and other corporate objectives achieved the Superior goals set at the beginning of the year, which represented 50% and 25% of the named executive officer total bonus amounts, respectively.

 

The Committee also reviewed and certified the performance of the named executive officer individual objectives, which represented 20% of their total bonus amounts, determining that these objectives were achieved as described below.

 

Mr. Bedrosian’s objectives were to oversee the expansion and profitability of the Cody Laboratories subsidiary and increase the manufacturing of additional APIs, achieve overall cGMP and other agency regulatory compliance, achieve operational efficiency, monitor headcount, identify new market and product opportunities, increase the response time for Board of Director requests and keep them abreast of changes in director regulatory compliance, and seek out potential acquisitions, alliances and joint ventures.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Mr. Schreck’s objectives were to reduce verified shipping errors, maintain inventory control measures, and complete the fit out and personnel move to the Company’s recently acquired Townsend Road facility.

 

Mr. Smith’s objectives were to improve market share of products, increase net sales to at least $123.0 million, decrease obsolete finished goods inventory through various short date promotions, and improve forecasts for production planning purposes..

 

Mr. Ruck’s objectives were to achieve a more cohesive accounting department, deliver accurate and timely month-end financial reports to senior management and the Board of Directors, reduce outside auditor and accounting professional fees and transition into the role of CFO from his interim role.

 

Mr. Kovary’s objectives were to assess and reorganize the overall organizational structure, evaluate, improve and track the Company’s facility and equipment requirements through a more formal capital investment plan, and review and enhance policies and procedures to ensure regulatory compliance.

 

In addition, all named executive officers received their 5% CEO discretionary bonus amount.

 

In calculating the 2010 bonus payments to the named executives as well as the other employees, it was determined that the Superior Level bonuses could not be paid because the accumulated total of payments to all employees would exceed 20% of the actual operating income achieved by the Company in Fiscal 2010 (“20% cap”).  The Committee, in its discretion, altered the 2010 bonus payments in two ways as a one-time adjustment:  First, the Committee lowered the overall calculation of the payout to the high end of the Goal Level.  Second, it decided to grant unrestricted shares of stock that would make up the difference between the 20% cap and the amount that employees would have received if the 20% cap were not in place.  These unrestricted shares will immediately vest upon grant, which is anticipated to occur in November 2010. The total value of the 2010 bonus payouts, including the unrestricted stock grant is expected to approximate 27.5% of the pre-bonus actual operating profit for the 2010 Fiscal Year.  The Company reviewed and altered its current compensation structure, including the AIBP program by the fall of 2010 so that fair compensation can be paid to its employees starting in Fiscal 2011 and beyond while still respecting the 20% bonus cap requirement.

 

2010 Long Term Incentive Awards (LTIA)

 

Design

 

The Committee believes that long-term equity incentives are an important part of a complete compensation package because they focus executives on increasing the value of the assets that are entrusted to them by the stockholders, achieving Lannett’s long-term goals, aligning the interests of executives with those of stockholders, encouraging sustained stock performance and helping to retain executives.

 

Prior to the approval of the Incentive Plan by stockholders in 2007, Lannett’s equity grants consisted only of stock options. The Incentive Plan expanded the types of equity vehicles which the Committee could grant to executives by including restricted stock. The Committee has not yet determined the amount of both stock options and restricted stock to be granted to executives for this year, but expects to complete these grants by the second quarter of Fiscal 2011.  But when these grants are determined, each will be designed to emphasize particular elements of the Company’s immediate and long-term objectives and to retain key executives. We will refer to these grants collectively as the 2010 Long Term Incentive Awards (LTIA). The types of grants will be:

 

·      stock options, becoming exercisable over three years (approximately one-third increments on each anniversary) from the date of the grant and having a total term of ten years, and

 

·      shares of restricted stock, vesting over three years (approximately one-third increments on each anniversary) from the date of grant.

 

The Committee assessed the appropriate overall value of these equity grants to executives by reviewing survey results and other market data provided by its consultant. This information included the value of equity grants made to similarly situated executives among the Peer Group. The overall value of LTIA grants for each executive was determined by the Committee with assistance from their consultant.

 

In determining the overall value of LTIA grants, the Committee also considered the potential value of equity compensation relative to other elements of compensation for each named executive officer. It likewise assessed the appropriate distribution of equity value among the grant types, as well as the corporate objectives each type of grant was intended to encourage.

 

Stock Options and Restricted Stock

 

The stock options and restricted stock granted as part of the 2010 LTIA will designed to reward sustained stock price appreciation and to encourage executive retention during a three-year vesting term and, in the case of stock options, a ten-year option life. Stock option and restricted stock awards are intended to align executives’ motivation with stockholders’ best interests. Grants of stock options will not contingent upon any conditions. They are to be granted independent of organizational performance. Stock options become exercisable approximately in one-third increments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Restricted stock will be

 

58



Table of Contents

 

contingent upon Lannett achieving annual sales growth and return on invested capital goals.  Restricted stock will vest in approximately one-third increments on the first three anniversaries of the date of the grant.

 

Perquisites and Other Benefits

 

We provide named executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation program to better enable us to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to named executive officers.

 

Lannett matches contributions to the 401(k) plan on a fifty cents on the dollar basis up to 8% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to limitations of the Plan and applicable law.  The named executive officers are also provided with car allowances, for which the taxes are also paid by the Company.

 

Lannett provides life insurance for executive officers which would, in the event of death, pay $115,000 to designated beneficiaries. Premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income to the executive. Lannett also provides short-term and long-term disability insurance which would, in the event of disability, pay the executive officer sixty percent (60%) of his base salary up to the plan limits of $2,000/week for short term disability and $15,000/month for long term disability. Executive officers participate in other qualified benefit plans, such as medical insurance plans, in the same manner as all other employees.

 

Attributed costs of the personal benefits available to the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, are included in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table on page 48.

 

Severance and Change of Control Benefits

 

We believe that reasonable severance and change in control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain qualified senior executives and are generally required by the competitive recruiting environment within our industry and the marketplace in general. These severance benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for such executives to find comparable employment within a short period of time, and are designed to alleviate an executive’s concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause. We also believe that a change in control arrangement will provide an executive security that will likely reduce the reluctance of an executive to pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interests of our stockholders. Lannett’s Severance Pay Plan is designed to pay severance benefits to an executive for a qualifying separation. For the Chief Executive Officer, the Severance Pay Plan provides for a payment of three times the sum of base salary plus a pro rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. For the other named executive officers, the Severance Pay Plan provides for a payment of eighteen months of base salary plus a pro rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved.

 

Timing of Committee Meetings and Grants; Option and Share Pricing

 

The Committee typically holds four regular meetings each year, and the timing of these meetings is generally established during the year. The Committee holds special meetings from time to time as its workload requires. Historically, annual grants of equity awards have typically been accomplished at a meeting of the Committee in September of each year. Individual grants (for example, associated with the hiring of a new executive officer or promotion to an executive officer position) may occur at any time of year. We expect to coordinate the timing of equity award grants for Fiscal 2010 to be made within thirty (30) days of Lannett’s earnings release announcement following the completion of the fiscal year. The exercise price of each stock option and restricted share awarded to our executive officers is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

Tax and Accounting Implications

 

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, precludes the deductibility of an executive officer’s compensation that exceeds $1.0 million per year unless the compensation is paid under a performance-based plan that has been approved by stockholders. The Committee believes that it is generally preferable to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) through, for example, the use of our Incentive Plan. However, to maintain flexibility in compensating executive officers in a manner that attracts, rewards and retains high quality individuals, the Committee may elect to provide compensation outside of those requirements when it deems appropriate. The Committee believes that stockholder interests are best served by not restricting the Committee’s discretion in this regard, even though such compensation may result in non-deductible compensation expenses to the Company.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with management. Taking this review and discussion into account, the undersigned Committee members recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

 

The Compensation Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Myron Winkelman (Chair)

 

 

Albert Wertheimer

 

 

Ronald West

 

60



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 12.                                           SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2010, information regarding the security ownership of the directors and certain executive officers of the Company and persons known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock.  Although grants of restricted stock under the Company’s 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2006 LTIP”) generally vest equally over a three year period from the grant date, the restricted shares are included below because the voting rights with respect to such restricted stock are acquired immediately upon grant.

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Options

 

Including Options (*)

 

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner

 

Office

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

Number of
Shares

 

Percent of
Class

 

Directors/Executive Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Farber
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Chairman of the Board

 

8,162,487

(1)

32.34

%

8,254,987

(1),(2)

32.59

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald A. West
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Vice Chairman of the Board, Director

 

16,810

(3)

0.07

%

71,758

(3),(4)

0.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

5,703,562

(5)

22.60

%

5,751,062

(5),(6)

22.74

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Sinclair
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

17,500

(7)

0.07

%

42,500

(7),(8)

0.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Albert Wertheimer
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

18,500

(9)

0.07

%

43,500

(9),(10)

0.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Myron Winkelman
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Director

 

18,500

(11)

0.07

%

58,500

(11),(12)

0.23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

592,358

(13)

2.35

%

920,258

(13),(14)

3.60

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Schreck
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Senior Vice President and General Manager

 

38,168

(15)

0.15

%

143,580

(15),(16)

0.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Smith
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

39,313

(17)

0.16

%

198,740

(17),(18)

0.78

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ernest Sabo
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer

 

22,604

(19)

0.09

%

63,031

(19),(20)

0.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Farber
6884 Brook Hollow Ct West
Bloomfield, MI 48322

 

 

 

5,705,050

(21)

22.61

%

5,727,550

(21),(22)

22.67

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

14,734

(23)

0.06

%

19,734

(23),(24)

0.08

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farber Properties
1775 John R Road Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

5,000,000

(25)

19.81

%

5,000,000

 

19.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farber Family LLC
1775 John R Road Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

528,142

(26)

2.09

%

528,142

 

2.09

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farber Investment LLC
1775 John R Road Troy, MI 48083

 

 

 

38,000

(27)

0.15

%

38,000

 

0.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Kovary
13200 Townsend Road
Philadelphia, PA 19154

 

Vice President of Operations

 

1,899

(28)

0.01

%

8,566

(28),(29)

0.03

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All directors and
executive officers as a group
(12 persons)

 

 

 

14,646,435

 

58.03

%

15,576,214

 

59.53

%

 

61



Table of Contents

 


(1)           Includes 197,825 shares owned by William Farber’s spouse, Audrey Farber; 14,000 shares owned by William Farber’s brother, Gerald G. Farber, and 132,212 shares held by William Farber as custodian for his seven grandchildren.  Includes 26,250 shares held in William Farber’s IRA account.  Includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(2)           Includes 37,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share.

 

(3)                                  Includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(4)           Includes 9,948 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89.

 

(5)           Includes 5,000,000 shares held by Farber Properties Group LLC (“FPG”).  FPG is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of 2,500,000 shares held by FPG.  Includes 528,142 shares held by Farber Family LLC (“FFLLC”) which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 150 shares held by Jeffrey Farber as custodian for his son and 10,800 shares held by William Farber as custodian for his children.  Also includes 9,500 shares held by Farber Investment Company (“FIC”), which holds 38,000 shares of common stock.  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially owns 25% of FIC and each disclaims beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC.  Also includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(6)           Includes 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 12,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04, 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.55, and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89.

 

(7)                                  Includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(8)           Includes 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.55 per share and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share.

 

(9)           Includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(10)         Includes 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $9.02 per share and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share.

 

(11)         Includes 5,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007.

 

(12)         Includes 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36, 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 and 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share.

 

(13)         Includes 33,150 shares owned by Arthur Bedrosian’s wife and 1,000 shares owned by his daughter. Mr. Bedrosian disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.  Includes 14,745 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007 and 30,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.  Also includes 30,074 shares of common stock held through employee stock purchase plan.

 

(14)         Includes 18,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.63 per share, 96,900 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 33,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 30,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, 25,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share, 30,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 75,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, and 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

(15)         Includes 7,247 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007, and 15,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.

 

(16)         Includes 17,745 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $11.27 per share, 12,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 per share and 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, and 10,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80 per share.

 

(17)         Includes 8,263 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007, and 15,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.

 

(18)         Includes 38,760 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.97 per share, 13,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share, 20,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share, 12,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 per share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, and 10,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80.

 

(19)         Includes 5,337 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in September 2007, and 15,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009.

 

(20)         Includes 3,260 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $7.48 per share, 4,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.18 per share, 7,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.89 per share, 15,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.03 per share, and 10,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.80 per share.

 

(21)         Includes 5,000,000 shares held by FPG.  FPG is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.  David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of 2,500,000 shares held by FPG.  Includes 528,142 shares held by FFLLC which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Indirect shares include 7,488 shares held by David Farber as custodian for his children, 16,200 shares held by William Farber as custodian for his children and 2,850 shares held by David Farber’s spouse.  Also includes 9,500 shares held by FIC, which holds 38,000 shares of common stock.  Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially owns 25% of FIC and each disclaims beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC.

 

(22)         Includes 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.36 per share and 12,500 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $16.04 per share.

 

(23)         Includes 10,000 shares received pursuant to a restricted stock award granted in October 2009 and 1,634 shares of common stock held through employee stock purchase plan.

 

(24)         Includes 5,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.79 per share.

 

(25)                            Farber Properties Group, LLC is managed and jointly owned by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber.

 

(26)                            Farber Family LLC is managed by Jeffrey Farber and David Farber as trustees.

 

(27)                            Farber Investment LLC is beneficially owned 25% each by Jeffrey and David Farber and 50% by Larry Farber.

 

(28)         Includes 1,899 shares of common stock held through employee stock purchase plan.

 

(29)         Includes 6,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $8.48 per share.

 

* Assumes that all options exercisable within sixty days have been exercised which results in 26,167,392 shares outstanding.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2010:

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

 

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

 

Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders

 

2,058,851

 

$

7.45

 

2,561,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,058,851

 

$

7.45

 

2,561,068

 

 

ITEM 13.                                              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The Company had sales of approximately $679,000, $786,000, and $787,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”). Jeffrey Farber (the “related party”), a board member and the son of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and principal shareholder of the Company, William Farber, is the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from the related party of approximately $161,000 and $125,000 at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable to the related party than would have been to a non-related party.

 

In January 2005, Lannett Holdings, Inc. entered into an agreement in which the Company purchased for $100,000 and future royalty payments the proprietary rights to manufacture and distribute a product for which Pharmeral, Inc. (“Pharmeral”) owned the ANDA.  In Fiscal 2008, the Company obtained FDA approval to use the proprietary rights.  Accordingly, the Company originally capitalized this purchased product right as an indefinite lived intangible asset and tested this asset for impairment on a quarterly basis.  During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2009, it was determined that this intangible asset no longer has an indefinite life.  No impairment existed because the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount on that date. Accordingly, the $100,000 carrying amount of this intangible asset will be amortized on a straight line basis prospectively over its 10 year remaining estimated useful life.  Arthur Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Inc. currently owns 100% of Pharmeral.  This transaction was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and in their opinion the terms were not more favorable to the related party than they would have been to a non-related party. In May 2008, Mr. Bedrosian and Pharmeral waived their rights to any royalty payments on the sales of the drug by Lannett under Lannett’s current ownership structure.  Should Lannett undergo a change in control where a third party is involved, this royalty would be reinstated. The registered trademark OB-Natal® was transferred to Lannett for one dollar from Mr. Bedrosian.

 

During Fiscal Year 2010, Lannett Company, Inc. paid a management consultant, who is related to Mr. Bedrosian, $115,700 in fees and $16,803 in reimbursable expenses.  This consultant provided management, construction planning, laboratory set up and administrative services in regards to the Company’s initial set up of its Bio-study laboratory in a foreign country.  It is expected that this consultant will continue to be utilized into Fiscal 2011. In the Company’s opinion, the fee rates paid to this consultant and the expenses reimbursed to him were not more favorable than what would have been paid to a non-related party.

 

Provell Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Provell”) was a joint venture to distribute pharmaceutical products through mail order outlets.  In exchange for access to Lannett’s drug providers, Lannett initially received a 33% ownership interest in this venture.  Lannett’s ownership interest subsequently decreased to 25% due to the additional issuance of shares by Provell in which Lannett did not participate.  The investment was valued at zero, due to losses incurred through that date by Provell.  During June 2009, the Company terminated its participation in this joint venture. In connection with the termination agreement, the Company was required to pay Provell ten percent of net sales of certain products for a period of up to twenty-four months.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Provell of zero and approximately $55,000 at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recognized revenues of zero and approximately $29,000 and $141,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 14.               PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Grant Thornton LLP served as the independent auditors of the Company during Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. No relationship exists other than the usual relationship between independent public accountant and client.  The following table identifies the fees incurred for services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP in Fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

 

 

Audit Fees

 

Audit-Related (1)

 

Tax Fees (2)

 

All Other Fees (3)

 

Total Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2010:

 

$

352,760

 

$

 

$

190,401

 

$

7,574

 

$

550,735

 

Fiscal 2009:

 

$

295,084

 

$

 

$

179,677

 

$

10,932

 

$

485,693

 

Fiscal 2008:

 

$

335,894

 

$

5,900

 

$

78,880

 

$

49,964

 

$

470,638

 

 


(1) Audit-related fees include fees paid for preparation of an S-8 filing during Fiscal 2008.

 

(2) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of annual federal, state and local income tax returns, quarterly estimated income tax payments, and various tax planning services.

 

(3) Other fees include:

Fiscal 2010 — Fees paid for review of various SEC correspondences.

 

Fiscal 2009 — Fees paid for review of various SEC correspondences.

 

Fiscal 2008 — Fees paid for review of various SEC correspondences.

 

The non-audit services provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP were pre-approved by the Company’s audit committee.  Prior to engaging its auditor to perform non-audit services, the Company’s audit committee reviews the particular service to be provided and the fee to be paid by the Company for such service and assesses the impact of the service on the auditor’s independence.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                                              EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)                              Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

(1)  The following financial statements are included herein:

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 and 2009

68

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2010

69

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2010

70

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2010

71

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2010

72

 

Supplementary Data

 

 

(2)          The following financial statement schedule is included herein

 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

(b)                                 A list of the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K to be filed as of this Form 10-K is shown on the Exhibit Index filed herewith

 

65



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Arthur P. Bedrosian

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian,

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Keith R. Ruck

 

 

 

 

Keith R. Ruck

 

 

 

 

Vice President of Finance and

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / William Farber

 

 

 

 

William Farber,

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Ronald West

 

 

 

 

Ronald West,

 

 

 

 

Director, Vice Chairman of the Board,

 

 

 

 

Lead Outside Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Arthur P Bedrosian

 

 

 

 

Arthur P. Bedrosian,

 

 

 

 

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Jeffrey Farber

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey Farber,

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Kenneth Sinclair

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Sinclair,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Albert Wertheimer

 

 

 

 

Albert Wertheimer,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Strategic Planning Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

September 23, 2010

 

By:

/ s / Myron Winkelman

 

 

 

 

Myron Winkelman,

 

 

 

 

Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee

 

66



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and statement of cash flows for each of three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2010. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financing reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

 

September 24, 2010

 

67



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

June 30, 2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

21,895,648

 

$

25,832,456

 

Investment securities - available for sale

 

604,464

 

347,921

 

Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance of $123,192 and $132,000, respectively)

 

38,324,258

 

29,945,748

 

Inventories, net

 

19,056,868

 

16,195,361

 

Interest receivable

 

9,631

 

90,425

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5,337,391

 

4,296,929

 

Other current assets

 

2,506,114

 

602,335

 

Total Current Assets

 

87,734,374

 

77,311,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

50,160,114

 

41,431,158

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(21,531,845

)

(18,533,773

)

 

 

28,628,269

 

22,897,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction in progress

 

2,939,898

 

591,685

 

Investment securities - available for sale

 

183,742

 

801,748

 

Intangible assets (product rights) - net of accumulated amortization

 

7,785,298

 

9,118,710

 

Deferred tax assets

 

12,544,330

 

13,757,545

 

Other assets

 

147,886

 

98,873

 

Total Assets

 

$

139,963,797

 

$

124,577,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

16,280,675

 

$

16,805,468

 

Accrued expenses

 

3,464,181

 

1,842,434

 

Accrued payroll and payroll related

 

6,304,465

 

5,150,104

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,479,658

 

711,073

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

4,851,278

 

435,386

 

Rebates, chargebacks and returns payable

 

15,249,412

 

13,734,540

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

47,629,669

 

38,679,005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

2,868,549

 

7,703,382

 

Unearned grant funds

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

7,864

 

47,111

 

Total Liabilities

 

51,006,082

 

46,929,498

 

Commitment and Contingencies, See notes 9 and 10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock - authorized 50,000,000 shares, par value $0.001; issued and outstanding, 24,882,123 and 24,517,696 shares, respectively

 

24,882

 

24,518

 

Additional paid in capital

 

79,862,940

 

76,250,309

 

Retained earnings

 

9,564,632

 

1,743,565

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

111,982

 

93,654

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

44,692

 

24,751

 

 

 

89,609,128

 

78,136,797

 

Less: Treasury stock at cost - 110,108 and 82,228 shares, respectively

 

(651,413

)

(489,174

)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

88,957,715

 

77,647,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

139,963,797

 

$

124,577,121

 

 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

125,177,949

 

$

119,002,215

 

$

72,403,283

 

Cost of sales

 

80,890,575

 

71,272,859

 

54,080,947

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

1,794,667

 

1,787,167

 

1,784,664

 

Product royalties

 

1,152,900

 

697,720

 

236,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

41,339,807

 

45,244,469

 

16,301,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

11,251,421

 

8,427,135

 

5,172,715

 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

 

17,375,320

 

26,059,104

 

16,552,859

 

(Gain) loss on sale of investments

 

(1,623

)

(53,524

)

4,338

 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

 

(315,330

)

30,885

 

1,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

13,030,019

 

10,780,869

 

(5,430,534

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency gain

 

4,595

 

 

 

Interest income

 

62,328

 

209,188

 

170,040

 

Interest expense

 

(275,870

)

(321,751

)

(383,267

)

 

 

(208,947

)

(112,563

)

(213,227

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

12,821,072

 

10,668,306

 

(5,643,761

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

4,813,044

 

4,090,716

 

(3,376,011

)

Consolidated net income (loss)

 

8,008,028

 

6,577,590

 

(2,267,750

)

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(186,961

)

(43,345

)

(50,309

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

7,821,067

 

$

6,534,245

 

$

(2,318,059

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per common share - Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.27

 

$

(0.10

)

Diluted income (loss) per common share - Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.27

 

$

(0.10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

24,743,902

 

24,447,016

 

24,227,181

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

25,199,373

 

24,587,378

 

24,227,181

 

 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

Earnings /

 

 

 

 

 

Accum.

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

(accumulated

 

Treasury

 

Noncontrolling

 

Other Comp.

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Issued

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

deficit)

 

Stock

 

Interests

 

Income (loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2007

 

24,171,217

 

$

24,171

 

$

73,053,778

 

$

(2,472,621

)

$

(394,570

)

$

 

$

(27,583

)

$

70,183,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

38,282

 

38

 

138,592

 

 

 

 

 

138,630

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

 

 

134,794

 

 

 

 

 

134,794

 

Stock options

 

 

 

869,921

 

 

 

 

 

869,921

 

Shares issued in connection with restricted stock grant

 

74,464

 

75

 

300,015

 

 

 

 

 

300,090

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

(74,376

)

 

 

(74,376

)

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,305

 

37,305

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

(2,318,059

)

 

50,309

 

 

(2,267,750

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2008

 

24,283,963

 

$

24,284

 

$

74,497,100

 

$

(4,790,680

)

$

(468,946

)

$

50,309

 

$

9,722

 

$

69,321,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

10,800

 

11

 

45,801

 

 

 

 

 

45,812

 

Shares issued in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

49,331

 

49

 

114,905

 

 

 

 

 

114,954

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

 

 

172,028

 

 

 

 

 

172,028

 

Stock options

 

 

 

930,878

 

 

 

 

 

930,878

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

81,871

 

 

 

 

 

81,871

 

Shares issued in connection with restricted stock grant

 

68,602

 

69

 

101,331

 

 

 

 

 

101,400

 

Shares issued for Contingent Consideration for Cody Labs Acquisition

 

105,000

 

105

 

430395

 

 

 

 

 

430,500

 

Stock options repurchased

 

 

 

(124,000

)

 

 

 

 

(124,000

)

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

(20,228

)

 

 

(20,228

)

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,029

 

15,029

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

6,534,245

 

 

43,345

 

 

6,577,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2009

 

24,517,696

 

$

24,518

 

$

76,250,309

 

$

1,743,565

 

$

(489,174

)

$

93,654

 

$

24,751

 

$

77,647,623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

125,600

 

126

 

566,659

 

 

 

 

 

566,785

 

Shares issued in connection with employee stock purchase plan

 

41,602

 

41

 

189,217

 

 

 

 

 

189,258

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock

 

 

 

522,374

 

 

 

 

 

522,374

 

Stock options

 

 

 

 

 

1,172,656

 

 

 

 

 

1,172,656

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

 

52,564

 

 

 

 

 

52,564

 

Shares issued in connection with restricted stock grant

 

197,225

 

197

 

1,048,765

 

 

 

 

 

1,048,962

 

Shares issued for Contingent Consideration for Cody Labs Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit on stock options exercised

 

 

 

60,396

 

 

 

 

 

60,396

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

(162,239

)

 

 

 

(162,239

)

Distribution to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

(168,633

)

 

(168,633

)

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,941

 

19,941

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

7,821,067

 

 

186,961

 

 

8,008,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2010

 

24,882,123

 

$

24,882

 

$

79,862,940

 

$

9,564,632

 

$

(651,413

)

$

111,982

 

$

44,692

 

$

88,957,715

 

 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

8,008,028

 

$

6,577,590

 

$

(2,267,750

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

4,888,015

 

5,099,108

 

5,229,358

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

182,075

 

2,983,538

 

(4,743,854

)

Stock compensation expense

 

2,037,844

 

1,286,177

 

1,029,923

 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

 

(315,330

)

30,885

 

1,693

 

(Gain) loss on sale of investments

 

(1,623

)

(53,524

)

4,338

 

Other noncash (income) expenses

 

(3,135

)

15,110

 

9,001

 

Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

 

(8,802,182

)

(5,548,253

)

(14,641,004

)

Inventories

 

(2,861,507

)

(4,578,103

)

2,901,226

 

Prepaid and income taxes payable

 

768,585

 

2,310,010

 

1,594,748

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(1,908,110

)

46,917

 

(69,679

)

Accounts payable

 

(524,793

)

3,719,696

 

1,968,824

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,621,747

 

34,806

 

563,992

 

Rebates, chargebacks and returns payable

 

1,938,544

 

5,125,610

 

12,640,053

 

Accrued payroll and payroll related

 

1,913,073

 

4,505,949

 

(447,322

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(982,668

)

(655,325

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

6,941,231

 

20,572,848

 

3,118,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment (including construction in progress)

 

(11,186,833

)

(1,604,114

)

(2,295,817

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

368,463

 

1,500

 

21,380

 

Purchase of intangible asset (product rights)

 

(500,000

)

 

 

Proceeds from sale of investment securities - available for sale

 

339,782

 

7,408,295

 

2,023,616

 

Purchase of investment securities - available for sale

 

 

(5,979,257

)

(1,140,945

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(10,978,588

)

(173,576

)

(1,391,766

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of debt

 

(418,941

)

(840,066

)

(701,131

)

Proceeds from issuance of stock

 

756,043

 

160,766

 

113,422

 

Tax benefit on stock options exercised

 

60,396

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(162,239

)

(20,228

)

(74,376

)

Repurchase of stock options

 

 

(124,000

)

 

Distribution to noncontrolling interests

 

(168,633

)

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

66,626

 

(823,528

)

(662,085

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

33,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(3,936,808

)

19,575,744

 

1,064,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

25,832,456

 

6,256,712

 

5,192,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

 

$

21,895,648

 

$

25,832,456

 

$

6,256,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

180,186

 

$

217,463

 

$

270,691

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

3,801,987

 

$

250,000

 

$

 

Lannett stock issued - Fiscal 2009 accrued incentive compensation

 

$

758,712

 

$

 

$

 

Lannett stock issued - contingent consideration - Cody Labs acquistion

 

$

 

$

581,175

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

LANNETT COMPANY, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Lannett Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Lannett”), develop, manufacture, package, market, and distribute active pharmaceutical ingredients as well as pharmaceutical products sold under generic chemical names.  The Company manufactures solid oral dosage forms, including tablets and capsules, topical and oral solutions, and is pursuing partnerships and research contracts for the development and production of other dosage forms, including ophthalmic, nasal and injectable products.

 

The Company is engaged in an industry which is subject to considerable government regulation related to the development, manufacturing and marketing of pharmaceutical products.  In the normal course of business, the Company periodically responds to inquiries or engages in administrative and judicial proceedings involving regulatory authorities, particularly the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA).

 

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the operating parent company, Lannett Company, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, as well as the consolidation of Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a variable interest entity.  See Note 12 regarding the consolidation of this variable interest entity.  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Foreign Currency Translation - The local currency is the functional currency of its newly created foreign subsidiary. Assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end currency exchange rate and revenues and expenses are translated at an average currency exchange rate for the period. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity and changes to such are included in comprehensive income. Exchange adjustments resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation.

 

Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when its products are shipped.  At this point, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer and provisions for estimates, including rebates, promotional adjustments, price adjustments, returns, chargebacks, and other potential adjustments are reasonably determinable.  Accruals for these provisions are presented in the consolidated financial statements as rebates, chargebacks and returns payable and reductions to net sales. The change in the reserves for various sales adjustments may not be proportionally equal to the change in sales because of changes in both the product and the customer mix. Increased sales to wholesalers will generally require additional accruals as they are the primary recipient of chargebacks and rebates. Incentives offered to secure sales vary from product to product. Provisions for estimated rebates and promotional credits are estimated based upon contractual terms.  Provisions for other customer credits, such as price adjustments, returns, and chargebacks, require management to make subjective judgments on customer mix. Unlike branded innovator drug companies, Lannett does not use information about product levels in distribution channels from third-party sources, such as IMS and NDC Health, in estimating future returns and other credits. Lannett calculates a chargeback/rebate rate based on contractual terms with its customers and applies this rate to customer sales.  The only variable is customer mix, and this assumption is based on historical data and sales expectations.

 

Chargebacks — The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue.  The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains, and mail-order pharmacies.  The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes, and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.”  Lannett enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products.  The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to actually purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices.  Lannett will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between

 

72



Table of Contents

 

the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price if the price sold to the indirect customer is lower than the direct price to the wholesaler.  This credit is called a chargeback.  The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels.  As sales by the Company to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen, and McKesson, increase, the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase.  However, the size of the increase depends on the product mix.  The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks on actual sales may differ from actual chargeback reserves.

 

Rebates — Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales.  These rebate programs provide customers with rebate credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period.  Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers.  At the time of shipment, the Company estimates reserves for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement.  The reserve for rebates increases as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase.  However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of customers that are eligible to receive rebates.

 

Returns — Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified period before and after the product’s lot expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases.  The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return.  The Company estimates its provision for returns based principally on historical experience.  However, the Company continually monitors the provisions for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that future product returns may differ from historical experience.  Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase.  During our fiscal year 2008 we increased our estimated returns reserve approximately $3.0 million, of which $1.5 million occurred in the fourth quarter, This adjustment was based on an analysis of our historical returns experience, the average lag time between sales and returns and an evaluation of changing buying and inventory trends of both our direct and indirect customers.  As this change resulted from new information that has allowed us to better estimate the average length of time between product sales and returns, we consider it to be a change in estimate as defined in GAAP. The reserve for returns is included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet.

 

Other Adjustments — Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf stock adjustments,” which are credits issued to reflect decreases in the selling prices of the Company’s products that customers have remaining in their inventories at the time of the price reduction.  Decreases in selling prices are discretionary decisions made by management to reflect competitive market conditions.  Amounts recorded for estimated shelf stock adjustments are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated declines in market prices, and estimates of inventory held by customers.  The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available.  Other adjustments are included in the rebates, chargebacks and returns payable account on the balance sheet.

 

The following tables identify the reserves for each major category of revenue allowance and a summary of the activity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2010

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009

 

$

6,089,802

 

$

2,537,746

 

$

5,106,992

 

$

 

$

13,734,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(6,068,639

)

(2,537,746

)

(3,832,652

)

 

(12,439,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2010 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

 

(401,203

)

 

(401,203

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2010 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2010

 

48,539,403

 

16,353,467

 

4,528,118

 

1,226,614

 

70,647,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2010

 

(42,278,440

)

(12,787,436

)

 

(1,226,614

)

(56,292,489

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2010

 

$

6,282,127

 

$

3,566,031

 

$

5,401,254

 

$

 

$

15,249,412

 

 

73



Table of Contents

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2008

 

$

4,049,407

 

$

632,314

 

$

13,642,589

 

$

2,107

 

$

18,326,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(3,954,794

)

(632,314

)

(12,853,342

)

 

(17,440,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2009 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

 

2,107

 

(2,107

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2009 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2009

 

35,391,475

 

12,141,204

 

4,315,638

 

204,119

 

52,052,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2009

 

(29,396,286

)

(9,603,458

)

 

(204,119

)

(39,203,863

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2009

 

$

6,089,802

 

$

2,537,746

 

$

5,106,992

 

$

 

$

13,734,540

 

 

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008

 

Reserve Category

 

Chargebacks

 

Rebates

 

Returns

 

Other

 

Total

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2007

 

$

4,649,478

 

$

871,339

 

$

113,313

 

$

52,234

 

$

5,686,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in prior fiscal years

 

(4,556,488

)

(1,741,804

)

(4,909,659

)

 

(11,207,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves or (reversals) charged during Fiscal 2008 related to sales in prior fiscal years

 

 

870,465

 

5,892,805

 

(50,000

)

6,713,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves charged to net sales during Fiscal 2008 related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2008

 

26,126,995

 

7,999,232

 

12,546,130

 

473,423

 

47,145,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual credits issued related to sales recorded in Fiscal 2008

 

(22,170,578

)

(7,366,918

)

 

(473,550

)

(30,011,046

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Balance as of June 30, 2008

 

$

4,049,407

 

$

632,314

 

$

13,642,589

 

$

2,107

 

$

18,326,417

 

 

The total reserve for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments increased from $13,734,540 at June 30, 2009 to $15,249,412 at June 30, 2010.  The increase in total reserves was due to an increase in the rebates reserve as a result of the timing of credits being processed by the customers and by the Company, an increase in chargeback reserves due primarily to an increase in inventory levels at wholesaler distribution centers, and an increase in the return reserves due to an increase in overall sales.

 

During Fiscal 2010, approximately $424,000 of the original $10,545,000 return reserve recorded in Fiscal 2008 for Prenatal Multivitamin was applied to accounts receivable for customers who had returned the Prenatal Multivitamin product during 2010.  In addition, the Company reversed approximately $387,000 to net sales in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2010 as a result of new information that the Company received regarding the amount of Multivitamin product that remained to be returned to the Company.  This adjustment left a balance of approximately $17,000 of Multivitamin returns reserve on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2010.

 

The Company ships its products to the warehouses of its wholesale and retail chain customers.  When the Company and a customer enter into an agreement for the supply of a product, the customer will generally continue to purchase the product, stock its warehouse(s), and resell the product to its own customers.  The Company’s customer will reorder the product as its warehouse is depleted.  The Company generally has no minimum size orders for its customers.  Additionally, most warehousing customers prefer not to stock excess inventory levels due to the additional carrying costs and inefficiencies created by holding excess inventory.  As such, the Company’s customers continually reorder the Company’s products.  It is common for the Company’s customers to order the same products on a monthly basis.  For generic pharmaceutical manufacturers, it is critical to ensure that customers’ warehouses are adequately stocked with its products.  This is important due to the fact that multiple generic competitors may compete for the consumer demand for a given product.  Availability of inventory ensures that a manufacturer’s product is considered.  Otherwise, retail prescriptions would be filled with competitors’ products.  For this reason, the Company periodically offers incentives to its customers to purchase its products.  These incentives are generally up-front discounts off its standard prices at the beginning of a generic campaign launch for a newly-approved or newly-introduced product, or when a customer purchases a Lannett product for the first time.  Customers generally inform the Company that such purchases represent an estimate of expected resale for a period of time. 

 

74



Table of Contents

 

This period of time is generally up to three months.  The Company records this revenue, net of any discounts offered and accepted by its customers at the time of shipment.  The Company’s products generally have either 24 months or 36 months of shelf-life at the time of manufacture.  The Company monitors its customers’ purchasing trends to attempt to identify any significant lapses in purchasing activity.  If the Company observes a lack of recent activity, inquiries will be made to such customer regarding the success of the customer’s resale efforts.  The Company attempts to minimize any potential return (or shelf life issues) by maintaining an active dialogue with the customers.

 

The products that the Company sells are generic versions of brand named drugs.  The consumer markets for such drugs are well-established markets with many years of historically-confirmed consumer demand.  Such consumer demand may be affected by several factors, including alternative treatments and costs, etc.  However, the effects of changes in such consumer demand for the Company’s products, like generic products manufactured by other generic companies, are gradual in nature.  Any overall decrease in consumer demand for generic products generally occurs over an extended period of time.  This is because there are thousands of doctors, prescribers, third-party payers, institutional formularies and other buyers of drugs that must change prescribing habits and medicinal practices before such a decrease would affect a generic drug market.  If the historical data the Company uses and the assumptions management makes to calculate its estimates of future returns, chargebacks, and other credits do not accurately approximate future activity, its net sales, gross profit, net income and earnings per share could change.  However, management believes that these estimates are reasonable based upon historical experience and current conditions.

 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid securities purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.  Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, and consist of certificates of deposit that are readily converted to cash. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with several major financial institutions. Such amounts frequently exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits.

 

Accounts Receivable - The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by a review of current credit information. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within both the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that it has in the past.

 

Inventories - The Company values its inventory at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out method) or market, regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand, and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on estimated forecasts of product demand and production requirements.  The Company’s estimates of future product demand may fluctuate, in which case estimated required reserves for excess and obsolete inventory may increase or decrease.  If the Company’s inventory is determined to be overvalued, the Company recognizes such costs in cost of goods sold at the time of such determination. Likewise, if inventory is determined to be undervalued, the Company may have recognized excess cost of goods sold in previous periods and would recognize such additional operating income at the time of sale.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is provided for by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was approximately $3,055,000, $3,275,000 and $3,444,000, respectively.

 

Investment Securities — The Company’s investment securities consist of marketable debt securities, primarily in U.S. government and agency obligations.  All of the Company’s marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices.  Unrealized holding gains and losses are recorded, net of any tax effect, as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  No gains or losses on marketable debt securities are realized until they are sold or a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary.  The Company reviews its marketable securities and determines whether the investments are other-than-temporarily impaired. If the investments are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the investments are written down to their then current fair market value with a new cost basis being established. There were no securities determined by management to be other-than-temporarily impaired for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs — The cost of shipping products to customers is recognized at the time the products are shipped, and is included in cost of sales.

 

Research and Development — Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Intangible Assets —  In March 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (JSP) for the exclusive marketing and distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products in exchange for four million (4,000,000) shares of the Company’s common stock.  As a result of the JSP agreement, the Company recorded an intangible asset for

 

75



Table of Contents

 

the exclusive marketing and distribution rights obtained from JSP.  As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, management concluded the carrying value of the intangible asset was less than its fair value and, therefore, no impairment was required.  The Company will incur annual amortization expense of approximately $1,785,000 for the JSP intangible asset over the remaining term of the agreement.

 

On April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire Cody by purchasing all of the remaining shares of common stock of Cody. The consideration for the April 10, 2007 acquisition was approximately $4,438,000, which represented the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. The agreement also required Lannett to issue to the sellers up to 120,000 shares of unregistered common stock of the Company contingent upon the receipt of a license from a regulatory agency.  This license was subsequently received in July 2008 and triggered the payment of 105,000 shares (87.5% of the 120,000 shares as the Company already owned 12.5%) of Lannett stock to the former owners of Cody Labs, which was completed in October 2008.  Therefore, the Company recorded an intangible asset related to the acquisition of a drug import license in the original amount of $581,175 and recorded a corresponding deferred tax liability of approximately $150,700 due to the non-deductibility of the amortization for tax purposes.  The Company has assigned a 15 year life to this intangible asset based on average life cycles of Lannett products.

 

In January 2005, Lannett Holdings, Inc. entered into an agreement in which the Company purchased for $100,000 and future royalty payments the proprietary rights to manufacture and distribute a product for which Pharmeral, Inc. owned the ANDA.  In May 2008, the Company and Pharmeral waived their rights to any royalty payments on the sales of the drug by Lannett, under Lannett’s current ownership structure.  Should Lannett undergo a major change in control where a third party is involved, this royalty will be reinstated.  In Fiscal 2008, the Company obtained FDA approval to use these proprietary rights.  Accordingly, the Company has capitalized this purchased product right as an indefinite lived intangible asset which is tested for impairment at least on an annual basis.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, it was determined that this intangible asset no longer has an indefinite life.  No impairment existed because the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount on that date. Accordingly, the $100,000 carrying amount of this intangible asset will be amortized on a straight line basis prospectively over its 10 year remaining estimated useful life.  See Note 16

 

In August 2009, the Company acquired eight new ANDAs covering three separate product lines from another generic drug manufacturer for a purchase price of $500,000.  It is expected that the Company will be able to produce these products by the first half of Fiscal 2011.  Amortization will begin when the Company starts shipping these products.  An intangible asset that is not subject to amortization shall be tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, calculated using a discounted future cash flow method.  Our discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flow (including long-term growth rates), discount rate, and expectations about variations in the amount and timing of cash flows and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows.  As of June 30, 2010, no impairment existed.

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred amortization expense of approximately $1,833,000, $1,824,000, and $1,785,000, respectively.

 

Future annual amortization expense consists of the following:

 

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,

 

Annual Amortization Expense

 

2011

 

$

1,833,412

 

2012

 

1,833,412

 

2013

 

1,833,412

 

2014

 

1,387,245

 

2015

 

48,745

 

Thereafter

 

349,072

 

 

 

$

7,285,298

 

 

The amounts above do not include the ANDA’s purchased in August 2009 for $500,000, as amortization will begin when the Company starts shipping these products

 

Advertising Costs - The Company charges advertising costs to operations as incurred.  Advertising expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $30,000, $48,000, and $9,000, respectively.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Income Taxes - The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse.  Deferred tax expense/(benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The authoritative standards issued by the FASB also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures.

 

Segment Information The Company operates one business segment - generic pharmaceuticals; accordingly the Company has one reporting segment.  The Company aggregates its financial information for all products and reports as one operating segment.  The following table identifies the Company’s approximate net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

Medical Indication

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Migraine Headache

 

$

9,854,717

 

$

9,553,143

 

$

10,302,868

 

Epilepsy

 

2,020,371

 

1,777,820

 

3,811,963

 

Prescription Vitamin

 

5,640,136

 

12,569,304

 

 

Heart Failure

 

20,996,057

 

26,421,467

 

7,574,240

 

Thyroid Deficiency

 

52,224,711

 

47,740,204

 

38,429,663

 

Antibiotic

 

6,448,704

 

6,440,470

 

3,449,429

 

Pain Management

 

14,128,982

 

4,155,176

 

580,192

 

Other

 

13,864,271

 

10,344,631

 

8,254,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

125,177,949

 

$

119,002,215

 

$

72,403,283

 

 

Concentration of Market and Credit Risk — Six of the Company’s products, defined as generics containing the same active ingredient or combination of ingredients, accounted for approximately 42%, 17%, 8%, 5%, 5%, and 5% of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.  Those same products accounted for 40%, 22%, 8%, 2%, 11%, and 0%, respectively, of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, and 52%, 10%, 14%, 0%, 0%, and 0%, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.

 

Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 26%, 11%, 9%, and 8%, respectively, of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010; 28%, 7%, 7%, and 7%, respectively, of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009; and 36%, 5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively, of net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.  At June 30, 2010, four customers accounted for 69% of the Company’s accounts receivable balances.  At June 30, 2009, four customers accounted for 63% of the Company’s accounts receivable balances.

 

Credit terms are offered to customers based on evaluations of the customers’ financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required from customers.  Accounts receivable payment terms vary and are stated in the financial statements at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.  Accounts remaining outstanding longer than the payment terms are considered past due.  The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole.  The Company writes-off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible.

 

Share-based Payments - The Company recognizes compensation cost for share-based compensation issued to or purchased by employees, net of estimated forfeitures, under share-based compensation plans using a fair value method.  Compensation cost related to share-based payments is included in the income statement in the same line item as the related other compensation costs.

 

At June 30, 2010, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans (the “Old Plan,” the “2003 Plan,” and the “Long-term Incentive Plan,” or “LTIP”).

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company awarded 45,000 shares of restricted stock to non-management Board members under the LTIP which vested immediately.  Stock compensation expense of $290,250 was recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, related to these shares of restricted stock.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company awarded 237,500 shares of restricted stock to management employees under the LTIP which vest in equal portions on October 29, 2010, 2011 and 2012.  Stock compensation expense of $350,346 was recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 related to these shares of restricted stock.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company awarded 116,725 shares of restricted stock to management employees under the LTIP which vested immediately in partial settlement of Fiscal 2009 accrued incentive compensation costs totaling $758,712.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company awarded 30,000 shares of restricted stock to non-management Board members under the LTIP which vested immediately.  Stock compensation expense of $101,400 was recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, related to these shares of restricted stock.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, the Company awarded 209,264 shares of restricted stock to management employees under the LTIP, of which 74,464 of these shares vested 100% on January 1, 2008, and the remainder vest in equal portions on September 18, 2008, 2009 and 2010.  Stock compensation expense of $172,028, $172,028 and $134,794 was recognized during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to these shares of restricted stock.

 

The Company measures share-based compensation cost for options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted during the years ended June 30 and the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense:

 

 

 

Incentive
Stock
Options
FY 2010

 

Non-
qualified
Stock
Options
FY 2010

 

Incentive
Stock
Options
FY 2009

 

Non-
qualified
Stock
Options
FY 2009

 

Incentive
Stock
Options
FY 2008

 

Non-
qualified
Stock
Options
FY 2008

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.44

%

2.43

%

2.46

%

2.52

%

4.15

%

4.21

%

Expected volatility

 

67

%

67

%

61

%

56

%

56

%

56

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Forfeiture rate

 

5.0

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

5.0

%

Expected term (in years)

 

5.0 years

 

5.0 years

 

5.0 years

 

5.0 years

 

5.0 years

 

5.0 years

 

Weighted average fair value

 

$

3.98

 

$

4.00

 

$

2.20

 

$

1.41

 

$

2.11

 

$

2.11

 

 

At June 30, 2010, there were 2,058,851 options outstanding.  Of those, 1,032,925 were options issued under the LTIP, 820,693 were issued under the 2003 Plan, and 205,233 under the Old Plan.  There are no further shares authorized to be issued under the Old Plan.  1,125,000 shares were authorized to be issued under the 2003 Plan, with 49,365 shares under option having already been exercised under that plan.  2,500,000 shares were authorized to be issued under the LTIP, with 94,725 shares under option having already been exercised under that plan.

 

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares since the date we commenced trading on the NYSE - Amex, April 2002, or a historical period equal to the expected term of the option, whichever is shorter.  We use historical information to estimate expected term within the valuation model.  The expected term of awards represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The risk-free rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  Compensation cost is recognized using a straight-line method over the vesting or service period and is net of estimated forfeitures.

 

The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period. This assumption is based on our historical forfeiture rate. Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations. For example, adjustments may be needed if, historically, forfeitures were affected mainly by turnover that resulted from a business restructuring that is not expected to recur. The forfeiture rate used to calculate compensation expense was 5% for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.  The Company will incur additional expense if the actual forfeiture rate is lower than originally estimated. A recovery of prior expense will be recorded if the actual rate is higher than originally estimated.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents all share-based compensation costs recognized in our statements of income, substantially all of which is reflected in the selling, general and administrative expense line:

 

 

 

Twelve months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Share based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

$

1,172,656

 

$

930,878

 

$

869,921

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

$

52,564

 

$

81,871

 

$

25,208

 

Restricted stock

 

$

812,624

 

$

273,428

 

$

134,794

 

Tax benefit at effective rate

 

$

79,611

 

$

79,560

 

$

108,127

 

 

During Fiscal 2009 as part of the former CFO’s resignation, the Company repurchased all of his 185,000 outstanding stock options. Therefore, the Company recorded, as incremental stock compensation expense, the previously unrecognized compensation cost totaling approximately $83,000 related to options for which the requisite service period had not been rendered as of the repurchase date.  See Note 10 for additional information.

 

Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest as of June 30, 2010 are as follows:

 

 

 

Awards

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 

Options vested

 

1,141,934

 

$

8.52

 

$

208,664

 

5.1

 

Options expected to vest

 

871,071

 

$

6.10

 

$

217,453

 

8.9

 

Total vested and expected to vest

 

2,013,005

 

$

7.48

 

$

426,117

 

6.7

 

 

A summary of nonvested restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and changes during the fiscal years then ended, is presented below:

 

 

 

Awards

 

Weighted
Average Grant -
date Fair Value

 

Nonvested at June 30, 2007

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

209,264

 

843,334

 

Vested

 

(74,464

)

(300,090

)

Forfeited

 

(10,000

)

(40,300

)

Nonvested at June 30, 2008

 

124,800

 

502,944

 

Granted

 

30,000

 

101,400

 

Vested

 

(68,602

)

(256,966

)

Forfeited

 

(9,000

)

(36,270

)

Nonvested at June 30, 2009

 

77,198

 

311,108

 

Granted

 

399,225

 

2,697,213

 

Vested

 

(197,225

)

(1,192,028

)

Forfeited

 

(9,300

)

(37,479

)

Nonvested at June 30, 2010

 

269,898

 

$

1,778,814

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

A summary of stock option award activity under the Plans as of June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and changes during the years then ended, is presented below:

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Options

 

Nonqualified Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at July 1, 2009

 

958,909

 

$

5.60

 

 

 

 

 

626,772

 

$

10.52

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

507,142

 

$

6.96

 

 

 

 

 

152,658

 

$

6.99

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(111,796

)

$

4.46

 

$

298,605

 

 

 

(13,804

)

$

4.97

 

$

57,108

 

 

 

Forfeited, expired or repurchased

 

(45,001

)

$

8.75

 

 

 

 

 

(16,029

)

$

16.67

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2010

 

1,309,254

 

$

6.11

 

$

348,964

 

7.5

 

749,597

 

$

9.77

 

$

88,599

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2010 and not yet vested

 

720,699

 

$

6.07

 

$

179,684

 

8.9

 

196,218

 

$

6.20

 

$

49,215

 

.9.0

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2010

 

588,555

 

$

6.16

 

$

170,699

 

5.9

 

553,379

 

$

11.03

 

$

39,384

 

4.2

 

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Options

 

Nonqualified Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at July 1, 2008

 

991,267

 

$

5.76

 

 

 

 

 

703,064

 

$

10.16

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

187,102

 

$

4.03

 

 

 

 

 

37,998

 

$

2.80

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(10,800

)

$

4.24

 

$

11,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited, expired or repurchased

 

(208,660

)

$

5.06

 

 

 

 

 

(114,290

)

$

5.75

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2009

 

958,909

 

$

5.60

 

$

1,844,125

 

7.4

 

626,772

 

$

10.52

 

$

430,739

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2009 and not yet vested

 

478,551

 

$

4.27

 

$

1,234,175

 

8.6

 

120,893

 

$

4.23

 

$

317,515

 

8.2

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2009

 

480,358

 

$

6.91

 

$

609,950

 

6.2

 

505,879

 

$

12.02

 

$

113,224

 

4.9

 

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Options

 

Nonqualified Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

Awards

 

Price

 

Value

 

Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at July 1, 2007

 

501,349

 

$

7.48

 

 

 

 

 

617,982

 

$

11.00

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

496,818

 

$

4.03

 

 

 

 

 

85,082

 

$

4.03

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(6,900

)

$

5.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2008

 

991,267

 

$

5.76

 

$

6,300

 

8.0

 

703,064

 

$

10.16

 

$

 

6.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2008 and not yet vested

 

660,538

 

$

4.54

 

$

 

9.0

 

183,651

 

$

5.05

 

$

 

8.7

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2008

 

330,729

 

$

8.21

 

$

6,300

 

6.1

 

519,413

 

$

11.96

 

$

 

5.8

 

 

Options with a fair value of approximately $749,000 completed vesting during 2010.  As of June 30, 2010, there was approximately $3,495,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards granted under the Plans.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.  The Company issues new shares when stock options are exercised.

 

Unearned Grant Funds — The Company records all grant funds received as a liability until the Company fulfills all the requirements of the grant funding program.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Earnings per Common Share — A dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share is required on the face of the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as well as a reconciliation of the computation of basic earnings per share to diluted earnings per share.  Basic earnings per share excludes the dilutive impact of common stock equivalents and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per share include the effect of potential dilution from the exercise of outstanding common stock equivalents into common stock using the treasury stock method.  A reconciliation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Net Income
Attributable to
Lannett

 

Shares

 

Net Income
Attributable to
Lannett

 

Shares

 

Net Loss
Attributable to
Lannett

 

Shares

 

 

 

(Numerator)

 

(Denominator)

 

(Numerator)

 

(Denominator)

 

(Numerator)

 

(Denominator)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share factors

 

$

7,821,067

 

24,743,902

 

$

6,534,245

 

24,447,016

 

$

(2,318,059

)

24,227,181

 

Effect of potentially dilutive options

 

 

455,471

 

 

140,361

 

 

 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share factors

 

$

7,821,067

 

25,199,373

 

$

6,534,245

 

24,587,378

 

$

(2,318,059

)

24,227,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.27

 

 

 

$

(0.10

)

 

 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

 

$

0.31

 

 

 

$

0.27

 

 

 

$

(0.10

)

 

 

 

Dilutive shares have been excluded in the weighted average shares used for the calculation of earnings per share in periods of net loss because the effect of such securities would be anti-dilutive.  The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were 1,281,364, 980,781, and 1,949,131, respectively.

 

Note 2. New Accounting Standards

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas including the treatment of contingent consideration, contingencies, acquisition costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under the guidance, changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties in a business combination after the measurement period will impact income tax expense. In April 2009, updated guidance was issued to address application issues regarding the accounting and disclosure provisions for contingencies. The authoritative guidance applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2009.  Early application is not permitted. The effect of this authoritative guidance on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the nature and terms of any business combinations that occur after the effective date.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. We adopted this authoritative guidance effective July 1, 2009. As a result of the adoption, the Company presents noncontrolling interests as a component of equity on its consolidated balance sheets.  Minority interest expense is now shown below net income under the heading “net income attributable to noncontrolling interest”.  Prior year financial statements have been reclassified to reflect the adoption of this guidance.  The adoption of this guidance did not have any other significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The guidance is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. We adopted this authoritative guidance effective July 1, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity and modifies the methods allowed for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. It also requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  The authoritative guidance is effective for the annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. We do not expect the

 

81



Table of Contents

 

adoption of this authoritative guidance to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair-value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair- value measurements. The authoritative guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We do not anticipate that this update will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3.   Inventories

 

Inventories at June 30, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Raw Materials

 

$

5,183,735

 

$

5,755,982

 

Work-in-process

 

2,375,396

 

2,846,600

 

Finished Goods

 

10,527,630

 

6,664,193

 

Packaging Supplies

 

970,106

 

928,586

 

 

 

$

19,056,868

 

$

16,195,361

 

 

The preceding amounts are net of inventory obsolescence reserves of $2,481,810 and $2,744,305 at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Note 4.   Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

 

 

Useful Lives

 

2010

 

2009

 

Land

 

 

$

1,375,103

 

$

918,314

 

Building and improvements

 

10 - 39 years

 

23,101,751

 

17,048,351

 

Machinery and equipment

 

5 - 15 years

 

24,638,754

 

22,573,324

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 - 7 years

 

1,044,506

 

891,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,160,114

 

41,431,158

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(21,531,845

)

(18,533,773

)

Total

 

 

 

$

28,628,269

 

$

22,897,385

 

 

Note 5.  Investment Securities - Available-for-Sale

 

On July 1, 2008, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance which clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The authoritative guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Three levels of inputs were established that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  The Company does not have any Level 1 available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2010 or June 30, 2009.

 

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable. The Company’s Level 2 assets and liabilities primarily include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments, corporate bonds, U.S. government and agency securities and certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities whose values are determined using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.  The fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities in the table below are derived solely from Level 2 inputs.

 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the

 

82



Table of Contents

 

determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation. The Company does not have any Level 3 available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2010 or June 30, 2009.

 

If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009:

 

June 30, 2010

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Agency

 

$

590,751

 

$

13,713

 

$

 

$

604,464

 

Corporate Bonds

 

179,507

 

4,235

 

 

183,742

 

 

 

$

770,258

 

$

17,948

 

$

 

$

788,206

 

 

June 30, 2009

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government Agency

 

$

 928,910

 

$

 40,352

 

$

 —

 

$

 969,262

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

179,507

 

900

 

 

180,407

 

 

 

$

 1,108,417

 

$

 41,252

 

$

 —

 

$

 1,149,669

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s current available-for-sale securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

 

June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

590,751

 

$

604,464

 

$

338,159

 

$

347,921

 

Due after one year through five years

 

179,507

 

183,742

 

770,258

 

801,748

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

770,258

 

788,206

 

1,108,417

 

1,149,669

 

Less current portion

 

590,751

 

604,464

 

338,159

 

347,921

 

Long-term available-for-sale securities

 

$

179,507

 

$

183,742

 

$

770,258

 

$

801,748

 

 

The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold. For the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, the Company had realized gains of $1,623 and $53,524, respectively, whereas for fiscal year 2008, the Company had realized losses of $4,338.

 

As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, there were no securities held from a single issuer that represented more than 10% of shareholders’ equity.  As of June 30, 2010, there were no individual securities in a continuous unrealized loss position.

 

Note 6.   Bank Line of Credit

 

The Company has a $3,000,000 line of credit from Wells Fargo, N. A., formerly Wachovia Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) that bears interest at the prime interest rate less 0.25% (3.00% at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively). As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $3,000,000 of availability under this line of credit.  The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.  The agreement contains covenants with respect to working capital, net worth and certain ratios, as well as other

 

83



Table of Contents

 

covenants.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the agreement.

 

The existing line of credit, which was scheduled to expire on November 30, 2009, was renewed and extended during the first quarter of Fiscal 2010 to November 30, 2010.  As part of the renewal agreement, the Company is no longer required to maintain any minimum deposit balances with Wells Fargo, and the availability fee on the unused balance of the line of credit was reduced to 0.375%.

 

Note 7.  Unearned Grant Funds

 

In July 2004, the Company received $500,000 of grant funding from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Commonwealth”), acting through the Department of Community and Economic Development.  The grant funding program requires the Company to use the funds for machinery and equipment located at their Pennsylvania locations, hire an additional 100 full-time employees by June 30, 2006, operate its Pennsylvania locations a minimum of five years and meet certain matching investment requirements.  If the Company failed to comply with any of the requirements above, the Company would be liable to repay the full amount of the grant funding ($500,000).  The Company is recording the unearned grant funds as a liability until the Company reaches a formal agreement with the Commonwealth as to whether it complied with all of the requirements of the grant funding program.  As of June 30, 2010, the Company has had preliminary discussions with the Commonwealth to determine whether it will be required to repay any of the funds provided under the grant funding program.  Based on information available at June 30, 2010, the Company has recorded the grant funding as a long-term liability under the caption of Unearned Grant Funds.

 

Note 8.   Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

PIDC Regional Center, LP III loan

 

$

4,500,000

 

$

4,500,000

 

Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority loan

 

933,820

 

1,002,607

 

Pennsylvania Department of Community & Economic Development loan

 

88,141

 

182,831

 

Tax-exempt bond loan (PAID)

 

555,000

 

680,000

 

Equipment loan

 

 

80,130

 

SBA loan

 

 

 

First National Bank of Cody mortgage

 

1,642,866

 

1,693,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

7,719,827

 

8,138,768

 

Less current portion

 

4,851,278

 

435,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long term debt

 

$

2,868,549

 

$

7,703,382

 

 

Current Portion of Long Term Debt

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

PIDC Regional Center, LP III loan

 

$

4,500,000

 

$

 

Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority loan

 

77,091

 

75,017

 

Pennsylvania Department of Community & Economic Development loan

 

88,141

 

103,100

 

Tax-exempt bond loan (PAID)

 

130,000

 

125,000

 

Equipment loan

 

 

80,130

 

SBA loan

 

 

 

First National Bank of Cody mortgage

 

56,046

 

52,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current portion of long term debt

 

$

4,851,278

 

$

435,386

 

 

The Company financed $4,500,000 through the Philadelphia Industrial Development Corporation (PIDC). The Company pays a bi-annual interest payment at a rate equal to two and one-half percent per annum.  The outstanding principal balance is due and payable January 1, 2011. The Company intends to refinance this loan prior to its maturity date.

 

The Company financed $1,250,000 through the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (PIDA).  The Company is required to make equal payments each month for 180 months starting February 1, 2006 with interest of two and three-quarter percent per annum.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

An additional $500,000 was financed through the Pennsylvania Department of Community and Economic Development Machinery and Equipment Loan Fund.  The Company is required to make equal payments for 60 months starting May 1, 2006 with interest of two and three quarter percent per annum.

 

In April 1999, the Company entered into a loan agreement (the “Agreement”) with a governmental authority, the Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development (the “Authority” or “PAID”), to finance future construction and growth projects of the Company. The Authority issued $3,700,000 in tax-exempt variable rate demand and fixed rate revenue bonds to provide the funds to finance such growth projects pursuant to a trust indenture (“the Trust Indenture”).  A portion of the Company’s proceeds from the bonds was used to pay for bond issuance costs of approximately $170,000.  The Trust Indenture requires that the Company repay the Authority loan through installment payments beginning in May 2003 and continuing through May 2014, the year the bonds mature. The bonds bear interest at the floating variable rate determined by the organization responsible for selling the bonds (the “remarketing agent”).  The interest rate fluctuates on a weekly basis.  The effective interest rate at June 30, 2010 and 2009 was 0.52% and 0.62%, respectively.

 

The Company entered into agreements (the “2003 Loan Financing”) with Wells Fargo to finance the purchase of the Torresdale Avenue facility, the renovation and setup of the building, and other anticipated capital expenditures.  The Company, as part of the 2003 Loan Financing agreement, is required to make equal payments of principal and interest.  The only portion of the loan that remained outstanding at June 30, 2009 was the Equipment Loan which had an outstanding balance of $80,130 at June 30, 2009. This loan was fully repaid as of March 31, 2010.

 

The Company has executed Security Agreements with Wells Fargo, PIDA and PIDC in which the Company has agreed to pledge substantially all of its assets to collateralize the amounts due.

 

As part of the Cody acquisition, the Company became primary beneficiary to a variable interest entity (“VIE”) called Cody LCI Realty, LLC.  See Note 12, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity for additional description.  The VIE owns land and a building which is being leased to Cody.  A mortgage loan with First National Bank of Cody has been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, along with the related land and building.  Principal and interest payments of $14,782, at a fixed interest rate of 7.5%, are being made on a monthly basis through June 2026.  The mortgage loan is collateralized by the land and building.

 

Long-term debt amounts are due as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending

 

Amounts Payable

 

June 30,

 

to Institutions

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

4,851,278

 

2012

 

274,434

 

2013

 

280,543

 

2014

 

310,036

 

2015

 

161,616

 

Thereafter

 

1,841,920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,719,827

 

 

Some of the Company’s debt instruments are fixed rate, with a lower interest rate than the prevailing market rates. The Company has been able to obtain favorable rates through the Philadelphia and Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authorities.

 

Note 9.   Contingencies

 

In January 2010, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding against Olive Healthcare (“Olive”) for damages arising out of Olive’s delivery of defective soft-gel prenatal vitamin capsules.  The Company seeks damages in excess of $3.5 million. Olive has denied liability and filed a counterclaim in February 2010 for breach of contract.

 

In June 2008, the Company filed a declaratory judgment suit in the Federal District Court of Delaware (Civil Action No. 08-338 (JJF)) against KV Pharmaceuticals, DrugTech Corp. and Ther-Rx Corp (collectively, “KV”).  The complaint sought declaratory judgment for non-infringement and invalidity of certain patents owned by KV.  The complaint further sought declaratory judgment of anti-trust violations and federal and state unfair competition violations for actions taken by KV in securing and enforcing these patents.  After the complaint was filed, KV countered with a motion for a Temporary Restraining Order (“TRO”) to prevent the Company from launching its Multivitamin with Mineral Capsules (“MMCs”), due to alleged patent and trademark infringement issues.  The TRO was heard and, ultimately, resulted in a conclusion by the court that the Company’s product label on the MMCs should be modified.  KV also countered with claims of infringement by the Company of KV’s patents seeking the Company’s profits for sales of MMCs or

 

85



Table of Contents

 

other monetary relief, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, attorney’s fees and a finding of willful infringement. In March 2009, the Company and KV settled the litigation.  In light of the withdrawal of KV’s innovator prenatal product due to FDA enforcement actions, and the resulting anticipated decline in sales and declining market for written prescription, the Company decided it was pointless to continue the litigation and entered into the settlement arrangement with KV.  Pursuant to the settlement, the Company received a license from KV and became an authorized generic provider.  During the terms of the license, the Company is to pay KV a royalty on all future sales of its Prenatal vitamin product.  Lannett will cease offering its Prenatal vitamin product if and when the brand is restored to the marketplace.  In May 2010, the Company filed an action for declaratory relief in the Delaware Superior Court against KV seeking a declaration that KV breached its obligations under a settlement agreement entered into with the Company (the “Binding Agreement”).  In June 2010, KV filed a counterclaim to the complaint and asserted claims for breach of contract, declaratory judgment, negligent misrepresentation and fraud in connection with the Binding Agreement, alleging among other things that the Company has improperly withheld royalties from KV arising out of its sales of a pre-natal vitamin product.

 

In or about July 2008, Albion International and Albion, Inc. filed suit in the United States District Court, District of Utah (Case No. 2:08cv00515) against Lannett asserting claims for patent and trademark infringement, as well as unfair competition, arising out of Lannett’s use of product that it purchased from Albion and used as an ingredient in its MMC.  Lannett filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on the basis that it purchased the product from Albion and, as such, was authorized to use the product in its MMC.  The Court granted the motion and dismissed the complaint but gave Albion leave to file an amended complaint.  In January 2009, Albion filed an amended complaint.  Lannett filed an answer to the complaint and counterclaim, asserting, among other things, that Albion tortuously interfered with Lannett’s contracts.  Subsequent to the filing of the answer and counterclaim, Lannett and Albion reached an agreement in principal to settle the case.  Under terms of the settlement, the parties would each dismiss their claims against each other and provide releases.  In July 2009, the settlement agreement was signed and the case was dismissed.

 

Note 10.   Commitments

 

Leases

 

In June 2006, Lannett signed a lease agreement on a 66,000 square foot facility located on approximately seven acres in Philadelphia.  The Company purchased this building in October 2009 for approximately $3.8 million plus the cost of fit out of approximately $2.0 million.  A significant portion of the purchase price and fit out costs are expected to be financed through a series of loans with a bank and a Pennsylvania state run development agency. Construction was substantially complete by June 30, 2010.  The financing will be competed shortly.  This new facility is being used for certain administrative functions, warehouse space, shipping and possibly additional manufacturing space in the future.

 

Lannett’s subsidiary, Cody leases a 73,000 square foot facility in Cody, Wyoming.  This location houses Cody’s manufacturing and production facilities. Cody leases the facility from Cody LCI Realty, LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company which is 50% owned by Lannett.  See Note 12.

 

Rental and lease expense for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $156,000, $449,000, and $449,000, respectively.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table represents annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

 

 

 

 

 

More than 5

 

 

 

Total

 

year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt

 

$

7,719,827

 

$

4,851,278

 

$

554,977

 

$

471,652

 

$

1,841,920

 

Operating Leases

 

111,176

 

50,100

 

61,076

 

 

 

Purchase Obligations

 

63,930,000

 

22,572,500

 

41,357,500

 

 

 

Interest on Obligations

 

1,435,553

 

259,213

 

278,996

 

244,012

 

653,332

 

Total

 

$

73,196,556

 

$

27,733,091

 

$

42,252,549

 

$

715,664

 

$

2,495,252

 

 

The purchase obligations above are primarily due to the agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”). If the minimum purchase requirement is not met, JSP has the right to terminate the contract within 60 days of Lannett’s failure to meet the requirement.  If JSP terminates the contract, Lannett does not pay any fee, but could lose its exclusive distribution rights in the United States.  If Lannett’s management believes that it is not in the Company’s best interest to fulfill the minimum purchase requirements, it can also terminate the contract without any penalty.  If either party were to terminate the purchase agreement, there would be a significant impact on the operating cash flows of the Company from the termination.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with Arthur P. Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer, Keith R. Ruck, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Kevin Smith, Vice President of Sales and Marketing, William Schreck, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Ernest Sabo, Vice President of Regulatory Affairs and Chief Compliance Officer and Stephen Kovary, Vice President of Operations.  Each of the agreements provide for an annual base salary and eligibility to receive a bonus.  The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the Board of Directors.  Additionally, these executives are eligible to receive stock options, which are granted at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding stock option grants.  Under the agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability.  In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay severance compensation to these executives of between 18 months and three years.

 

During the third quarter of Fiscal Year 2009, the Company’s then current Vice President of Finance, Treasurer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer resigned.  As part of his separation agreement, the Company was obligated to pay to him approximately $670,000 to settle any outstanding obligations from his employment agreement, including any salary, bonus, vacation, stock options and medical benefits.  Of this amount, $300,440 was paid in Fiscal 2009 with $165,000 designated for the payment of pro rated bonus, and $11,440 was designated for the payment of accrued but unused paid time off.  As part of the settlement, $124,000 was designated as the portion of the settlement related to the repurchase of his outstanding stock options. The Company therefore charged this amount to Additional Paid in Capital, as it represents the fair value of the options repurchased on the repurchase date.  Additional payments totaling approximately $369,000 for severance and benefits will be paid in Fiscal 2011 pursuant to the separation agreement.

 

Note 11.  Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities classified as available-for-sale as well as foreign currency translation adjustments.  There is no other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest.  The components of comprehensive income (loss) and related taxes consisted of the following as of June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

For Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

8,008,028

 

$

6,577,590

 

$

(2,267,750

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

33,923

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (loss) gain on securities

 

(23,304

)

25,049

 

62,174

 

Tax effect

 

9,322

 

(10,020

)

(24,869

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive Income

 

19,941

 

15,029

 

37,305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

$

8,027,969

 

$

6,592,615

 

$

(2,230,445

)

 

Note 12. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity

 

Lannett consolidates any Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) of which we are the primary beneficiary. The liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating a VIE do not represent additional claims on our general assets rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIE. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of consolidating a VIE do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims against our general assets. Reflected in each of the June 30, 2010 and 2009 balance sheets are consolidated VIE assets of approximately $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively, which are comprised mainly of land and a building.  VIE liabilities consist primarily of a mortgage on that property in the amount of $1.6 million and $1.7 million at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Cody LCI Realty LLC (“Realty”) is the only VIE that is consolidated.  Realty had been consolidated by Cody prior to its acquisition by Lannett.  Realty is a 50/50 joint venture with a former shareholder of Cody.  Its purpose was to acquire the facility used by Cody.  Until the acquisition of Cody in April 2007, Lannett had not consolidated the VIE because Cody had been the primary beneficiary of the VIE.  The risks associated with our interests in this VIE is limited to a decline in the value of the land and building as compared to the balance of the mortgage note on that property, up to Lannett’s 50% share of the venture.  Realty owns the land and building, and Cody leases the building and property from Realty for $20,000 per month effective October 2009, when the lease increased from $15,000 per month.  All intercompany rent expense is eliminated upon consolidation with Cody.  The Company is not involved in any other VIE.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

Note 13.   Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has a defined contribution 401k plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees.  Pursuant to the Plan provisions, the Company is required to make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution, but not to exceed 4% of the employee’s compensation for the Plan year.   Contributions to the Plan during the years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were approximately $395,000, $330,000, and $350,000, respectively.

 

Note 14.   Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In February 2003, the Company’s shareholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).  Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP may purchase shares of the Company’s stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the calendar quarter, or the last day of the calendar quarter.  Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 10% of their compensation during any quarterly offering period, subject to certain limitations.  The ESPP was implemented on April 1, 2003 and is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Board of Directors authorized an aggregate total of 1,125,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the ESPP.  As of June 30, 2010, 217,193 shares have been issued under the ESPP.  Compensation expense of $52,564, $81,871, and $25,208 was recognized in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, relating to the ESPP.

 

Note 15.   Income Taxes

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended June 30:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Income Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

4,056,458

 

$

1,074,723

 

$

1,367,843

 

State and Local Taxes

 

574,511

 

32,455

 

 

Total

 

4,630,969

 

1,107,178

 

1,367,843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Income Taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(795,969

)

3,151,911

 

(3,986,449

)

State and Local Taxes

 

978,044

 

(168,373

)

(757,405

)

Total

 

182,075

 

2,983,538

 

(4,743,854

)

Total

 

$

4,813,044

 

$

4,090,716

 

$

(3,376,011

)

 

A reconciliation of the differences between the effective rates and federal statutory rates is as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

 

34.0

%

34.0

%

35.0

%

State and local income tax, net

 

3.7

%

(0.4

)%

2.4

%

Nondeductible expenses

 

2.1

%

2.3

%

(3.5

)%

Change in valuation allowance

 

(0.6

)%

(0.7

)%

6.2

%

Income tax credits

 

(8.2

)%

(1.6

)%

15.3

%

Change in tax laws

 

5.0

%

%

%

Other

 

1.5

%

4.7

%

3.9

%

Income tax expense

 

37.5

%

38.3

%

59.3

%

 

The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are accruals, reserves, impairment of intangibles, accumulated amortization, accumulated depreciation and stock compensation expense.  A deferred tax asset is recorded for the future benefits created by the timing of accruals and reserves and the application of different amortization lives for financial statement and tax return purposes.  A deferred tax asset valuation allowance was established based on the likelihood that it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize certain of the deferred tax assets.  A deferred tax liability is recorded for the future liability created by different depreciation methods for financial statement and tax return purposes.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

474,679

 

$

118,965

 

Stock compensation expense

 

928,133

 

740,687

 

Unearned grant funds

 

186,653

 

194,109

 

Reserve for returns

 

2,016,324

 

1,982,629

 

Reserves for accounts receivable and inventory

 

3,485,512

 

2,748,381

 

Intangible impairment

 

10,324,148

 

11,929,502

 

State net operating loss

 

 

74,255

 

Federal net operating loss

 

1,093,056

 

1,156,131

 

Impairment on Cody note receivable

 

2,016,620

 

2,097,175

 

Accumulated amortization on intangible asset

 

2,017,657

 

1,977,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,542,782

 

23,019,638

 

Valuation allowance

 

(2,016,620

)

(2,097,175

)

Total

 

20,526,162

 

20,922,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

70,904

 

69,199

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

2,539,961

 

2,756,793

 

Other

 

33,576

 

41,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

17,881,721

 

$

18,054,474

 

 

On April 10, 2007, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire Cody by purchasing all of the remaining shares of common stock of Cody. The consideration for the April 10, 2007 acquisition was approximately $4,438,000, which represented the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. The agreement also required Lannett to issue to the sellers up to 120,000 shares of unregistered common stock of the Company contingent upon the receipt of a license from a regulatory agency.  This license was subsequently received in July 2008 and triggered the payment of 105,000 shares of Lannett stock to the former owners of Cody Labs, which was completed in October 2008.  Therefore, the Company recorded an intangible asset related to the acquisition of a drug import license in the original amount of $581,175 and recorded a corresponding deferred tax liability in the amount of $150,675 due to the non-deductibility of the amortization for tax purposes.

 

In the third quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company adjusted the original purchase price allocation for Cody, as a result of a study and additional analysis of assets acquired. The result of this study was to increase the deferred tax assets by $1,255,065 and decrease the value of Cody’s property, plant and equipment by the same amount.  The increase in deferred tax assets related to Cody’s federal net operation loss (NOL) carry forwards totaling approximately $3,774,000 at the date of acquisition with $1,902,000 expiring in 2026 and $1,872,000 in 2027.  At June 30, 2010, the remaining gross deferred tax asset is $3,214,870.  The income tax benefit associated with the NOL carry forwards has been recognized in accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The authoritative standards issued by the FASB also provide guidance on de-recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and income tax disclosures.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) is as follows:

 

Balance at June 30, 2008

 

$

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

65,033

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

232,630

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Settlements

 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2009

 

$

297,663

 

 

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions of the current year

 

24,295

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

292,695

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

Settlements

 

(215,619

)

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2010

 

$

399,034

 

 

As of June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $399,034 and $297,663, respectively.  As a result of the positions taken during the period, the Company has not recorded any interest and penalties for the period ended June 30, 2010 in the statement of operations and no cumulative interest and penalties have been recorded either in the Company’s statement of financial position as of June 30, 2010 and 2009. The Company will recognize interest accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and any related penalties in operating expenses.  The Company does not believe that the total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and California.  The Company’s tax returns for Fiscal 2005 and prior generally are no longer subject to review as such years generally are closed. The IRS has completed its review of the federal income tax return for Fiscal 2008.  The Company recorded a refund receivable totaling approximately $421,000 and reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $216,000 as a result of the settlement agreement reached with the IRS.  In addition, the Company amended its Fiscal 2005 income tax return to claim additional federal income tax credits, which was accepted as timely filed by the IRS.  As a result, the Company reduced it income taxes payable by approximately $528,000 related to this amended income tax return. The Company believes that an unfavorable resolution for open tax years would not be material to the financial position of the Company.

 

Note 16.   Related Party Transactions

 

The Company had sales of approximately $679,000, $786,000, and $787,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”).  Jeffrey Farber (the “related party”), who is a current board member and the son of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and principal shareholder of the Company, William Farber, is the owner of Auburn.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from the related party of approximately $161,000 and $125,000 at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In the Company’s opinion, the terms of these transactions were not more favorable to the related party than would have been to a non-related party.

 

In January 2005, Lannett Holdings, Inc. entered into an agreement in which the Company purchased for $100,000 and future royalty payments the proprietary rights to manufacture and distribute a product for which Pharmeral, Inc. (“Pharmeral”) owned the ANDA.  In Fiscal 2008, the Company obtained FDA approval to use the proprietary rights.  Accordingly, the Company originally capitalized these rights as an indefinite lived intangible asset and tested this asset for impairment at least on an annual basis.  During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2009, it was determined that this intangible asset no longer has an indefinite life.  No impairment existed because the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying amount on that date. Accordingly, the $100,000 carrying amount of this intangible asset will be amortized on a straight line basis prospectively over its 10 year remaining estimated useful life.  Arthur Bedrosian, President and Chief Executive Officer currently owns 100% of Pharmeral.  This transaction was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and in their opinion the terms were not more favorable to the related party than they would have been to a non-related party. In May 2008, Mr. Bedrosian and Pharmeral waived their rights to any royalty payments on the sales of the drug by Lannett under Lannett’s current ownership structure.  Should Lannett undergo a change in control where a third party is involved, this royalty would be reinstated. The registered trademark OB-Natal® was transferred to Lannett for one dollar from Mr. Bedrosian.

 

During Fiscal Year 2010, Lannett Company, Inc. paid a management consultant, who is related to Mr. Bedrosian,  $115,700 in fees and $16,803 in reimbursable expenses. This consultant provided management, construction planning, laboratory set up and

 

90



Table of Contents

 

administrative services in regards to the Company’s initial set up of its Bio-study laboratory in a foreign country.  It is expected that this consultant will continue to be utilized into Fiscal 2011. In the Company’s opinion, the fee rates paid to this consultant and the expenses reimbursed to him were not more favorable than what would have been paid to a non-related party.

 

Provell Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Provell”) was a joint venture to distribute pharmaceutical products through mail order outlets.  In exchange for access to Lannett’s drug providers, Lannett initially received a 33% ownership interest in this venture.  Lannett’s ownership interest subsequently decreased to 25% due to the additional issuance of shares by Provell in which Lannett did not participate.  The investment was valued at zero, due to losses incurred through that date by Provell.  During June 2009, the Company terminated its participation in this joint venture. In connection with the termination agreement, the Company was required to pay Provell ten percent of net sales of certain products for a period of up to twenty four months.  Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Provell of zero and approximately $55,000 at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The Company recognized revenues of zero and approximately $29,000 and $141,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Note 17.   Material Contracts with Suppliers

 

Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals agreement:

 

The Company’s primary finished product inventory supplier is Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”), in Bohemia, New York.  Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for approximately 77% of the Company’s inventory purchases in Fiscal 2010 and 71% in Fiscal 2009 and 2008.  On March 23, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to the current line of JSP products, in exchange for four million (4,000,000) shares of the Company’s common stock.  The JSP products covered under the agreement included Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules, Digoxin Tablets and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets, sold generically and under the brand name Unithroid®.  The term of the agreement is ten years, beginning on March 23, 2004 and continuing through March 22, 2014.  Both Lannett and JSP have the right to terminate the contract if one of the parties does not cure a material breach of the contract within thirty (30) days of notice from the non-breaching party.

 

During the term of the agreement, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase minimum dollar quantities of JSP’s products being distributed by the Company.  The minimum quantity to be purchased in the first year of the agreement is $15.0 million.  Thereafter, the minimum quantity to be purchased increases by $1.0 million per year up to $24.0 million for the last year of the ten-year contract.  The Company has met the minimum purchase requirement for the first six years of the contract, but there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to continue to do so in the future. If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase requirements, JSP’s sole remedy is to terminate the agreement.

 

Under the agreement, JSP is entitled to nominate one person to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) provided, however, that the Board shall have the right to reasonably approve any such nominee in order to fulfill its fiduciary duty by ascertaining that such person is suitable for membership on the board of a publicly traded corporation. Suitability is determined by, but not limited to, the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the American Stock Exchange, and other applicable laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  As of June 30, 2010, JSP has not exercised the nomination provision of the agreement.

 

The Company’s financial condition, as well as its liquidity resources, are very dependent on an uninterrupted supply of product from JSP.  Should there be an interruption in the supply of product from JSP for any reason, this event would have a material impact to the financial condition of Lannett.

 

Other agreements:

 

In August 2005, the Company signed an agreement with a finished goods provider to purchase, at fixed prices, and distribute a certain generic pharmaceutical product in the United States.  The term of the agreement was three years, beginning on August 22, 2005 and continuing through August 21, 2008.  Following its expiration on August 21, 2008, the agreement was not renewed. Purchases of finished goods inventory from this provider accounted for approximately 1% of the Company’s costs of purchased inventory in Fiscal 2009 and 14% in Fiscal 2008.

 

Note 18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt obligations. The carrying values of these assets and liabilities approximate fair value based upon the short-term nature of these instruments.  The Company has estimated that the fair value of long-term debt associated with the 20 year mortgage on its land and building in Cody, Wyoming approximates the discounted amount of future payments to the mortgage-holder.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

Note 19. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

Lannett’s quarterly consolidated results of operations are shown below:

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

33,760,023

 

$

31,266,224

 

$

28,716,713

 

$

31,434,989

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

22,428,694

 

20,868,954

 

20,639,735

 

19,900,759

 

Gross Profit

 

11,331,329

 

10,397,270

 

8,076,978

 

11,534,230

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

7,014,146

 

7,725,372

 

6,779,268

 

6,791,002

 

Operating Income

 

4,317,183

 

2,671,898

 

1,297,710

 

4,743,228

 

Other Expense

 

(57,124

)

(42,310

)

(62,199

)

(47,314

)

Income Tax Expense

 

1,288,071

 

527,327

 

1,169,996

 

1,827,650

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

155,737

 

9,407

 

10,923

 

10,894

 

Net Income — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

2,816,251

 

$

2,092,854

 

$

54,592

 

$

2,857,370

 

Earnings Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.12

 

Diluted

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

35,448,874

 

$

28,761,316

 

$

29,224,372

 

$

25,567,653

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

21,835,563

 

17,154,288

 

18,201,534

 

16,566,361

 

Gross Profit

 

13,613,311

 

11,607,028

 

11,022,838

 

9,001,292

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

9,722,714

 

9,434,449

 

8,489,249

 

6,817,188

 

Operating Income

 

3,890,597

 

2,172,579

 

2,533,589

 

2,184,104

 

Other (Expense) Income

 

(69,110

)

2,537

 

(25,548

)

(20,442

)

Income Tax Expense

 

1,393,983

 

851,310

 

925,433

 

919,990

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

6,968

 

9,324

 

9,546

 

17,507

 

Net Income — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

2,420,536

 

$

1,314,482

 

$

1,573,062

 

$

1,226,165

 

Earnings Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.05

 

Diluted

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.05

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

$

20,748,799

 

$

16,579,512

 

$

17,534,942

 

$

17,540,030

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

17,878,596

 

12,682,018

 

13,107,326

 

12,434,272

 

Gross Profit

 

2,870,203

 

3,897,494

 

4,427,616

 

5,105,758

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

5,553,598

 

5,739,007

 

5,201,499

 

5,231,858

 

Operating Loss

 

(2,683,395

)

(1,841,513

)

(773,883

)

(126,100

)

Other (Expense)

 

(98,691

)

(29,786

)

(43,647

)

(46,746

)

Income Tax (Benefit)

 

(2,554,889

)

(615,454

)

(159,983

)

(45,685

)

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

50,309

 

 

 

 

Net Loss — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

$

(277,506

)

$

(1,255,845

)

$

(657,547

)

$

(127,161

)

Loss Per Share — Lannett Company, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.05

)

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.01

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.05

)

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.01

)

 

In the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 gross profit margins were 28%. The gross profit percentage decreased due to the decline in sales of prescription vitamins and two months of idle capacity costs at our Cody Labs subsidiary being directly expensed to the income

 

92



Table of Contents

 

statement.  In March 2009, the FDA issued a warning letter to seven companies including Lannett to remove Morphine Sulfate oral solution from the market until someone could submit an application and receive approval on such application.  In April 2009, due to shortages of this fairly necessary drug in the marketplace, the FDA reversed their position and allowed all seven companies to continue manufacturing and/or marketing Morphine Sulfate up until 180 days after someone received approval on a Morphine Sulfate application.  These actions by the FDA caused the DEA to withhold purchasing and manufacturing quota from some or all of these seven companies, including Lannett.  Although the Company had quota at that time, and quota issues were resolved by December 2009, the Cody Labs facility was left idle for the months of October and November 2009 due to the lack of Morphine Sulfate quota.

 

The effective tax rate in the second quarter of Fiscal 2010 was 95% due primarily to a change in Pennsylvania tax law which lowered the Company’s apportionment factor within this state.  The impact of this change caused the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets by approximately $650,000, and therefore increased the effective tax rate by 11% for the six months ended December 31, 2009, which in turn, had a significant impact on the second quarter of Fiscal 2010.

 

The Company recorded income tax expense of $527,000 in the third quarter of Fiscal 2010 resulting in an effective tax rate of 20% due primarily to the settlement reached with the IRS related to its review of the federal income tax return for Fiscal 2008.  As a result of the settlement, the Company recorded a refund receivable totaling approximately $421,000.  The Company also reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits by approximately $216,000 as a result of the IRS settlement.

 

In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 net sales increased largely due to a product recall of one of Lannett’s competitors.  Also during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008, the Company increased its returns reserve by $10.5 million, reflecting its expectation that 100% of the shipments of Prenatal Multivitamin made in the fourth quarter would be returned.  The Company’s expectation that all of the product would be returned was based on its inability to have the product specified as a brand equivalent, product complaints and information from its customers regarding their intentions to return the product.  Through June 30, 2010, approximately $10.1 million of the Multivitamin product had been returned.  In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2010, the Company reversed approximately $387,000 to net sales as a result of new information that the Company received regarding the amount of Multivitamin product that remained to be returned to the Company.  This adjustment left a balance of approximately $17,000 of Multivitamin returns reserve on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2010.

 

In addition, the Company increased the returns reserve in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2008 by approximately $1.5 million based on an analysis of its historical returns experience, the average lag time between sales and returns and an evaluation of changing buying and inventory trends of both its direct and indirect customers.   As this change resulted from new information that the Company had received regarding the amount of Multivitamin product that remained to be returned to the Company.  The Company considers this to be a change in estimate as defined by the FASB’s authoritative guidance.

 

93


 


Table of Contents

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

For the years ended June 30:

 

Description

 

Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year

 

Charged to
(reduction of)
Expense

 

Deductions

 

Balance at
End of Fiscal
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

132,000

 

$

 

$

8,808

 

$

123,192

 

2009

 

207,151

 

(87,913

)

(12,762

)

132,000

 

2008

 

250,000

 

48,284

 

91,133

 

207,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

2,744,305

 

$

1,279,781

 

$

1,542,276

 

$

2,481,810

 

2009

 

1,642,668

 

2,004,403

 

902,767

 

2,744,305

 

2008

 

923,920

 

2,679,902

 

1,961,154

 

1,642,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

2,097,175

 

$

(80,555

)

$

 

$

2,016,620

 

2009

 

2,314,498

 

(217,323

)

 

2,097,175

 

2008

 

2,667,550

 

(353,052

)

 

2,314,498

 

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 6, 1991 (the “1991 Proxy Statement”).

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

By-Laws, as amended

 

Incorporated by reference to the 1991 Proxy Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Specimen Certificate for Common Stock

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 8 dated April 23, 1993 (Amendment No. 3 to Form 10-KSB for Fiscal 1992) (“Form 8”)

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Line of Credit Note dated March 11, 1999 between the Company and First Union National Bank

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ad) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Taxable Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Rate Revenue Bonds, Series of 1999

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ae) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Tax-Exempt Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Revenue Bonds (Lannett Company, Inc. Project) Series of 1999

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(af) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Letter of Credit and Agreements supporting bond issues between the Company and First Union National Bank

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ag) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

2003 Stock Option Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement with Kevin Smith

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement with Arthur Bedrosian

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

10.9 (Note A)

 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Siegfried (USA), Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB

 

 

 

 

 

10.10 (Note A)

 

Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Jerome Stevens, Pharmaceutical, Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K dated April 20, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

10.11

 

Terms of Employment Agreement with Stephen J. Kovary

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Agreement of Sale Between Anvil Construction Company, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc.

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

2007 Long Term Incentive Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 5, 2007

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Method of Filing

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

Employment Agreement with Keith R. Ruck

 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Filed Herewith

 

96